3 Scholia on Orestes 101–200

Or. 101.01 (mosch paraphr) αἰδὼς δὲ δὴ τίς:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ τίνα δὲ αἰδῶ ἔχεις εἰς τοὺς Μυκηναίους;  2τουτέστι τίς ἐστὶν ἡ αἰδὼς ἣν αἰδῇ τοὺς Μυκηναίους;   —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: G(om. δὴ, as in text)       POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGrZc

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Zc   |    δὲ om. TZc   |    αἰδὼς a.c. Yf   |    2 τουτέστι κτλ om. Zc   |    δέ add. before ἐστιν T

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τουτέστιν Y   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,20–21


Or. 101.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αἰδὼς δὲ δὴ τίς⟩: τίς ἐστιν ἣν εἰς Ἕλληνας αἰδῇ; —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 101.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩: ἐντροπή  —CrOxYf2Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,21


Or. 101.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩: φόβος  —FZl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 101.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩: τοῦ ἐλθεῖν σε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 101.06 (rec gram) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩: αἰσχύνη καὶ αἰδὼς διαφέρει· αἰσχύνη μὲν ἡ διά τινα αἰτίαν γινομένη, αἰδὼς δὲ ἡ εὔλογος αἰσχύνη.  —V1Pr

TRANSLATION:   ‘Aischunē’ and ‘aidōs’ differ in sense: ‘aischunē’ is what arises because of some cause of blame, but ‘aidōs’ is a kind of ‘aischunē’ that is well-justified.

POSITION: follows sch. 103.14 V1Pr, add. V1 at end of sch. block

COMMENT:   There are numerous texts containing a few often-repeated differentiations between the two words, but the verbal formulation in this note is not paralleled. It does, however, echo a common view that ‘aischunē’ is shame for something bad one has done, while ‘aidōs’ is an anticipatory feeling that justifiably prevents one from committing an untoward action.

KEYWORDS:  διαφέρει   |   vocabulary, definitions and distinctions


Or. 101.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩:  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 101.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίς⟩: ποία  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 101.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: μέσον τῶν Μυκηναίων φανῆναι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,23


Or. 101.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: φανῆναι εἰς Ἕλληνας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 101.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ ίους ἔχει⟩: ἀπελθεῖν  —V3Ab2R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 101.12 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: ἐλθεῖν  —PrSGu

POSITION: s.l. (above αἰδὼς δὲ τίς S)

APP. CRIT.:   ὥστε prep. S   |


Or. 101.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: εἰς τὸ μὴ μολεῖν  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 101.14 (rec gloss) ⟨Μυκηναίους⟩: τοὺς Ἀργείους  —V1KSYf2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι εἰς prep. V1, εἰς prep. Yf2   |    τοὺς om. K   |


Or. 101.15 (thom exeg) ⟨Μυκηναίους⟩: Ἀργείους· ἐν γὰρ τῷ Ἄργει αἱ Μυκῆναι.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Myceneans’ means) Argives. For Mycenae is in Argos.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τοὺς prep. Za   |    after ἄργει add. εἰσὶ καὶ Zl   |    αἱ om. Zb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,22


Or. 101.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Μυκηναίους⟩: Ἕλληνας  —FB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F


Or. 101.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: κρατεῖ  —Ab2CrRSOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 101.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: κατέχει  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 102.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δέδοικα⟩: μόλις ἐλεγχομένη τὸ ἀληθὲς εἶπεν.  —MOVYf2

TRANSLATION:   She (Helen) with difficulty spoke the truth when cross-examined.

POSITION: s.l., except marg. M

APP. CRIT.:   μόλις om. O   |    τὴν ἀλήθειαν O   |    λέγει Yf2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,15; Dind. II.60,25


Or. 102.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέδοικα⟩: φοβοῦμαι  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 102.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέδοικα⟩: δειλιῶ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 102.04 (rec artGloss) ⟨πατέρας⟩: τοὺς  —AbF2S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 102.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: τῶν φονευθέντων ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 102.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: τῶν θνηξάντων  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 102.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: λείπει τῶν θανόντων  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 102.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: θανόντων  —Zb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 102.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: ἀποθανόντων  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 102.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: πεσόντων  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν prep. YZc


Or. 102.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: φονευθέντων  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 102.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: τῶν παίδων τῶν πεσόντων  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 102.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: τῶν φθαρέντων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 102.14 (rec gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: τῶν †φανέντων  —S

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   e.g. φθαρέντων or φονευθέντων   |


Or. 102.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: καὶ ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Ox


Or. 102.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπ’⟩: ἐν τῇ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 102.17 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨νεκρῶν⟩: τῶν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ Ἄργει⟩: ἤγουν δεινῶς ἀναβοᾷ διὰ στόματος ἐν Ἄργει.  —R

POSITION: marg.


Or. 103.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ Ἄργει⟩:  1καὶ γὰρ χαλεπῶς ἀναβοᾷ ἤγουν ἀνακηρύττῃ τῷ Ἄργει,  2ἀντὶ τοῦ τοῖς Ἀργείοις διὰ τοῦ στόματος.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr, partial Zc

TRANSLATION:  For indeed you are bruited about harshly, that is, you are proclaimed to Argos, equivalent to (you are proclaimed) among the Argives through their mouths.

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ γὰρ and ἀναβοᾷ ἤγουν om. Zc   |    2 ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ om. Zc   |    second τοῦ om. Gr

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀνακηρύττει YZc   |


Or. 103.03 (thom exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ⟩: ναὶ φοβοῦ —ZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (To understand the causal connection, supply before the phrase) ‘yes, do be afraid’.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ γὰρ δεινόν add. T


Or. 103.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ⟩: ναὶ ἀληθῶς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.05 (rec gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: δεινὴ —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.06 (rec gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: δεινῶς  —AaAbKPrSG

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S


Or. 103.07 (rec exeg) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: πῶς  —V3KB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: μεγάλα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.09 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: τοῦ Ἄργους  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.10 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: τῶν Ἀργείων  —AaPrS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: τῷ ἄστει τῶν Ἀργείων  —AbSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ ἀργείων ἄστει Ab


Or. 103.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: ἐν  —F2GB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.13 (tri gloss) ⟨τ’⟩: καὶ  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.14 (vet exeg) ἀναβοᾷ:  1τὸ ἀναβοᾷ δευτέρου ἐστὶ προσώπου παθητικῆς διαθέσεως, ἀναβοᾷ σύ, ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾷ.  2ὁ δὲ νοῦς· δεινῶς γὰρ διὰ στόματος τοῦ Ἄργους ἀναβοᾷ σύ.   —MBVCAbMnPraPrbRaRbRwSY2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Anaboāi’ is second person of the passive voice, you are (your name is) loudly shouted, equivalent to shouted against. The sense is: you are terribly decried in the talk of Argos.

LEMMA: MBC      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. Yf; cont. from next sch. VRaRbRw (add. δὲ VRbRw); cont. from sch. 99.02 Pra (14v), Prb follows sch. 97.01 (15r)

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἀναβ. … διαθέσεως om. Ra   |    τὸ om. AbMnPraPrbS   |    ἀναβοᾷ] app. καταβοᾶ Ab   |    δευτέρου ἐστὶν προσώπου M, προσώπου ἐστι δευτέρου BCPrb, προσώπου δευτέρου ἐστὶ VRw(ἐστὶν), προσώπου δύο ἐστὶν Rb, δευτέρου προσώπου Pra, δεύτερον πρόσωπον AbMnS, δεύτερον πρόσωπον ἐστὶ Y2Yf2   |    παθητικῆς διαθέσεως] παθητικῶν PraY2, τῶν παθητικῶν VRb, παθητικὸν AbMnSYf2    |    second ἀναβοᾷ … καταβοᾷ] om. S, first sentence of sch. 103.15 interposed before ἀναβοᾷ σύ AbMn   |    ἀναβοᾷ σύ] om. BPrb, ἀναβοᾶ σοι V, ἀντὶ τοῦ βοᾶ σύ MCPra, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναβοῆσαι καὶ ἐπαπειλῆσαι Y2, ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾶσαι καὶ ἐπαπειλῆσαι Yf2   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾷ] om. RwY2Yf2, ἤγουν καταβοᾶ Pra   |    after καταβοᾷ add. σύ BPrb   |    2 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. Pra   |    νοῦς δὲ (ὁ om.) Mn   |    δεινῶς γὰρ om. VMnRaRbRwS, prob. Ab (damage)   |    διὰ τοῦ στόματος B, διστόματος Rb   |    σύ] om. BPrb; punct. before σὺ S, as of σὺ starts next lemma    |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 καταβοὰ Mn   |    2 ἔργους Mn   |    ἀναβαᾶ Mn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,16–18; Dind. II.61,4–6


Or. 103.15 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  διὰ τοῦ στόματος, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 10.298] ‘διά τ’ ἔντεα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα’.  —MVCAbMnPrRaRbRwY2

TRANSLATION:   (The preposition is used with the accusative in the sense) through the mouth (prep. with gen.), just as in the (Homeric) example ‘through the coat of mail and black blood’.

LEMMA: M, in marg. app. C; ἀναβοᾷ διὰ στόμα VRw, δεινὸν γὰρ ἄργει Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: before prev. sch. VRaRb, follows sch. 122.06 in Rw; cont. from Pra version of prev. Pr; AbMn insert this in prev. sch., before ἀναβοᾷ σύ

APP. CRIT.:   note mostly lost to trimming Ra   |    ὥστε prep. Rb [Ra], ὡς τὸ prep. AbMn, διὰ στόμα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr   |    διὰ τοῦ στόμ. om. Y2   |    τοῦ om. MnPr [Ab]   |    ὡς τὸ] αὐτὸ Rb[Ra], ὥσπερ τὸ Pr   |    ἀνά τ’ ἔντεα MCPrY2 (ἀνα τ’ C, app. M)   |    καὶ] om. Mn, perhaps Ab, καὶ διὰ MC   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔντεα] εἴτεα Rb[Ra]   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,19–20; Dind. II.61,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   After this sch. in Mn there are two grammatical scholia that do not relate to anything in the text: (at end of column of scholia on 11r) ξυνωρὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύνω ξύρεσθαι καὶ σύρεσθαι (mistranscribed in Dindorf IV.257,1–3); (in the bottom margin of 11r) βραχίων βραχικύων [read βραχὺς κίων] τίς ὢν οἰονεὶ βραχὺς ἦν, cf. Georg. Choerobosc. epimer. in Psalm. 119,16 and Et. Gud. (di Stefani) s.v. βραχίων.   |


Or. 103.16 (vet exeg) 1τοῦτο δὲ ἀπολογίας ἔχεται ὡς ὅτι συμπάσχουσά σοι εἴρηκα.  2πλεονάζει δὲ ὁ τέ.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   This remark is close to an apology, alleging that ‘I have spoken in sympathy with you’. The conjunction ‘te’ is superfluous.

LEMMA: cont. from prev. MC

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἴρηκας M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,20–21

KEYWORDS:  πλεονάζει


Or. 103.17 (pllgn exeg) εἰς φόβον ἄγει τὴν Ἑλέναν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα πλείονα.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,7


Or. 103.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: σὺ  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: καταβοᾷ δεύτερον πρόσωπον παθητικόν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: δεύτερον πρόσωπον  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾶ  —RS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: καὶ λοιδορῇ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.23 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: καταλοιδορεῖ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: ἀνακηρύττῃ  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.25 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: φημίζῃ καὶ κατὰ γλῶσσαν στρέφῃ.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   στρέφῃ] φέρει Zl

APP. CRIT. 2:   φημίζει Zl   |    γλῶτταν T   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,8


Or. 103.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: ἀπειλεῖ  —V3Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπειλῆσαι V3


Or. 103.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: κατηγορῇ  —FV3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.28 (rec gloss) ⟨διὰ στόμα⟩: στόματος τοῦ Ἄργους —OV1

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ ἄργους om. V1 (or lost to damage)


Or. 103.29 (rec gloss) ⟨διὰ στόμα⟩: διὰ τοῦ στόματος  —AbF2PrSGB3a

POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ab

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. S   |    διὰ om. Ab   |    τοῦ om. F2Pr


Or. 103.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨διὰ στόμα⟩: καὶ στοματικῶς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 103.31 (pllgn gram) ⟨διὰ στόμα⟩: οἱ Ἀττικοὶ τὴν διά ὅτε δηλοῖ ἐνέργειαν πρὸς αἰτιατικὴν συντάσσουσιν, ὡς ἔχει καὶ τὸ ‘διὰ στόμα πυριγενετᾶν’ ὅπερ Αἰσχύλος [Sept. 206–207] φησίν.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:   The Attic-speakers construe the preposition ‘dia’ with the accusative when it indicates activity (i.e., when the noun following it connotes activity?), as is the case also with ‘through the mouth of the fire-born (bits)’, which Aeschylus says.

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aeschylus


Or. 104.01 (thom gloss) ⟨νυν⟩: δὴ  —ZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 104.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χάριν⟩: δωρεάν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 104.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χάριν⟩: εὐεργεσίαν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 104.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: τίνι  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 104.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸν φόβον λύσασα⟩: διὰ τὸ τὸν φόβον λῦσαι  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ τὸ] διὰ XYGr, διὰ τοῦ GGu(τοῦ add. to Gr gloss)   |    λῦσαι τὸν φόβον transp. G

APP. CRIT. 2:   λύσαι XaY, p.c. Yf (a.c. app. λύσασι Yf)   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,10


Or. 104.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβον⟩: διὰ  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 104.07 (thom gloss) ⟨φόβον⟩: ἐμοῦ  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   F probably had something here, but it is too washed out to read.   |


Or. 104.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβον⟩: ὃν φοβοῦμαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 104.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λύσασα⟩: ἐλευθερώσασα  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 104.10 (tri metr) ⟨λυσάσα⟩:  long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 104.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δός⟩: καὶ παράσχε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   πάρασχε CrOx   |


Or. 104.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δός⟩: ἄπελθε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 105.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἂν⟩: ἐσχηματισμένον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,13

COMMENT:   Either this means that the Electra is speaking with a pretended attitude or in an ironic/sarcastic tone (but it is hard to see why the commentator would say that about this line), or it indicates that οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην is an artificially or artistically formed equivalent of οὐ δύναμαι (cf. next gloss).

KEYWORDS:  ἐσχηματισμένον


Or. 105.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δυναίμην⟩: δύναμαι  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 105.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δυναίμην⟩: δυνατὸν ἐστὶν ἀπελθεῖν με  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 105.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μητρὸς⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 105.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰσβλέψαι⟩: θεάσασθαι  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 105.06 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τάφον⟩: τὸν  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.01 (vet gloss) ἑλ[  —H3

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   This is reported by Daitz with a gamma and undeciphered trace after lambda and assigned to hand H3 (with u.v.). On his image I see only ἑλ and perhaps a faint abbreviation stroke on the lambda. I wonder whether this is a personae nota placed at the right of the line instead of the left, or in addition to the left (for an example of this in M see Prelim. Stud. 182). To be rechecked when the new images of H are publicly available.


Or. 106.02 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχρὸν⟩: ἄτοπον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨αἰσχρὸν⟩: ἄσχημον ἀπρεπές  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   |    ἄσχημον om. Zc   |    ἀπρ. ἀσχ. transp. G


Or. 106.04 (thom gloss) ⟨αἰσχρὸν⟩: ἄτιμον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.05 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχρὸν⟩: καὶ κακὸν  —CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.06 (rec gloss) ⟨αἰσχρὸν⟩: ἐστὶ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰσχρὸν⟩: ὑπάρχει  —Zl

POSITION: s.l., above τοι


Or. 106.08 (thom gloss) ⟨μέντοι⟩: δὲ  —ZlZm

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.09 (vet exeg) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: κυρίως δὲ πρόσπολοι λέγονται αἱ δοῦλαι.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The slave-women are called ‘prospoloi’ in the proper sense (of the word).

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.:   κυρίως δὲ om. C   |    πρόπολοι C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,22; Dind. II.61,15


Or. 106.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: δούλους  —V1RfSZbZlZm2ZuTOxAa3CrF2Yf2Zcr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. T, καὶ τοὺς prep. ZuCrF2Ox   |    ἡμῶν add. Zl


Or. 106.11 (mosch exeg) προσπόλους: πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος. πρόπολος δὲ χωρὶς τοῦ σ̅, ὁ νεωκόρος.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  ‘Prospolos’ is ‘slave’, but ‘propolos’ without the sigma is ‘warden of a temple’.

LEMMA: αἰσχρόν … προσπόλους G       POSITION: s.l., except XG

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,16


Or. 106.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος, πρόπολος δὲ χωρὶ τοῦ σ ὁ νεωκόρος. ἀμφίπολος δὲ ἡ κατὰ κύκλον περιστροφή. προπαροξύνονται δὲ ταῦτα πάντα, ὡς μετὰ προθέσεως συντιθέμενα, τὸ δὲ δικασπόλος διὰ τὸ μὴ μετὰ προθέσεως συντεθεῖσθαι παροξύνεται.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  ‘Prospolos’ means ‘slave’, but ‘propolos’ without the sigma is a temple-warden. ‘Amphipolos’ is applied to turning around in a circular motion. All these are proparoxytone (accented on the antepenult) because compounded with a preposition, but ‘dikaspolos’ (‘judge’) is paroytone (accented on the penult) because it has not been compounded with a preposition.

POSITION: s.l. (finishing in margin block)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,16–19

COMMENT:   χωρί is an alternative form of χωρίς found in a few Byzantine texts and mentioned for analogy of formation in Eustathius in Od. 20.599 (II.222,10) οὕτω δὲ καὶ δηθάκις δηθάκι καὶ αὖθις αὖθι καὶ χωρὶς χωρί. Compare also sch. Lp Hec. 860 χωρὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ καὶ χωρὶς ἀντὶ τοῦ μακράν.

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 106.13 (rec gloss) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: δουλίδας  —AbPrRSB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς prep. S


Or. 106.14 (rec gloss) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: τὰς δούλας  —GK

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.15 (rec gloss) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: φίλους  —Rwr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόσπολον⟩: τοὺς (προσπόλ)ους  —Gu

LEMMA: πρόσπολον in text Gr       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.17 (rec artGloss) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: τὰς  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.18 (thom gram) ⟨προσπόλους⟩:  1πρόσπολος οὐ μόνον ὁ δοῦλος ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ δούλη.  2τοιοῦτο δέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ ἀμφίπολος, πρὸς μὲν τὸ ἀρσενικὸν ὄνομα ἀρσενικῶς ἐκφερόμενος, πρὸς δὲ τὸ θηλυκὸν θηλυκῶς.   —Zm, partial GuOx2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Prospolos’ is not only a male slave, but also a female slave. And of this same sort is the word ‘amphipolos’, treated as masculine in reference to a masculine word but as feminine in reference to a feminine word.

POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Ox

APP. CRIT.:   1 πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος of Gr (106.11) allowed to serve as first words of this note by Gu   |    2 τοιοῦτος Ox2   |    πρὸς μὲν κτλ om. GuOx2   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκφερόρομενος Zm   |


Or. 106.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φέρειν⟩: ὑπομένειν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φέρειν⟩: κομίσαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φέρειν⟩: κομίζειν —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: ταῦτα  —ZlOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox


Or. 106.23 (rec gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: τὰ θύματα  —AbSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 106.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: τὰς θυσίας  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 107.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τί⟩: διὰ τί  —AbF2RXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. R


Or. 107.02 (rec gloss) ⟨θυγατρὸς⟩: τῆς σῆς  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 107.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨θυγατρὸς⟩: τῆς  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 107.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: περιφραστικῶς τὴν Ἑρμιόνην  —AbKMnRSSaZu

POSITION: marg. AbR, others s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὴν add. before τὴν Zu

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν


Or. 107.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: τὴν θυγατέρα τὴν Ἑρμιόνην περιφραστικῶς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘Body of Hermione’ means) ‘her daughter Hermione’, by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν θυγ.] ἀντὶ τοῦ G, om. Zc

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν


Or. 107.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Ἑρμιόνην τὴν σὴν θυγατέρα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 107.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: περιφραστικῶς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν


Or. 107.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης⟩: τῆς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 107.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέμπεις⟩: οὐ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 107.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ σῶμα  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 108.01 (vet exeg) εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν παρθένοισιν:  1τί οὖν; ταῖς τελείαις τοῦτο καλόν;  2ἔστιν οὖν εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἐν Σπάρτῃ εἰώθασι γυμνάζεσθαι αἱ γυναῖκες καὶ παρθένοι,  3ὥστε δέδοται μὲν παρθένοις εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν, οὐ μὴν καθόλου,  4ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ ὡρισμένοις πράγμασιν οἷον κανηφορούσαις ἢ γυμναζομέναις,  5oὐ μὴν ἄλλο τι πραγματευομέναις.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   What then? Is this fine for adult women (to go out among a crowd)? Well then, one can say that in Sparta the wives and the unmarried girls are accustomed to take exercise, so that it has been granted to unmarried girls to go out in public, but not as a general rule, but (only) in defined circumstances, such as when carrying a ritual basket in procession or exercising, not however for any other activity.

LEMMA: MC, εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν παρθ() οὐ καλ(ον) B, εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν VPrRbRw      REF. SYMBOL: BV, app. Rb

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἴποι τίς prep. BVPrRw, εἶπε τις prep. Rb   |    ταῖς om. Pr   |    τοῦτο] τὸ MCRw, om. V   |    2 καὶ ἔστιν Pr   |    3 δίδοται VRw   |    4 ἀλλ’ om. Pr   |    κανισκοφορούσαις VRb, κἂν ἐνφερούσαις Rw   |    5 ἀλλ’ ὅτι M, ἀλλ’ ὅτε Rb, ἀλλὰ Rw   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἰώθασιν Rb   |    3 ὠστε Rb   |    ὅχλον C   |    4 ἐπὶ] ἐπεὶ Rb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,4–8; Dind. II.61,23–62,4

COMMENT:   The commentator seems unaware that funeral processions and subsequent ritual visits to the grave of a relative were also occasions for women to go out.

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of


Or. 108.02 (rec exeg) εἰ μὴ κανηφορούσαις ἢ γυμναζομέναις  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 108.03 (pllgn exeg) ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ταῖς γυναιξὶν εἰ μή τις καιρὸς νενομισμένος, ὃς κανηφορία λέγεται, ἦλθεν· εἰς ὃν ἐξήρχοντο εὐπάρυφοι παρθένοι καὶ γυναῖκες  —F

TRANSLATION:   But it is not fine even for married women unless a certain sanctioned occasion, which is called basket-bearing, has come. For this maidens and married women went out dressed in fine garments.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ] ἢ F   |   μὴ om., s.l. add. F

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of


Or. 108.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ταῖς νεάνισιν·  2οὐ γὰρ ταῖς ἀγάμοις.  3ἄγαμος γὰρ καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα.  4παρθένος δέ ἐστιν ἥ τε ἀμιγὴς καὶ ἡ ἄρτι ἡβῶσα.  5ἢ πάλιν κακονόως οὐ παρθένον βούλεται δεῖξαι τὴν Ἠλέκτραν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπείσθη αὐτῇ.   —MBVCPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   (By ‘parthenioisin’ Helen here means) young girls. For she does not mean unmarried girls. For Electra too is unmarried. And a ‘parthenos’ is both the girl who is still a virgin and the one who is just coming to sexual maturity. Alternatively, once again with ill will she (Helen) wants to show that Electra is not a virgin, because she (Electra) did not accede to her request.

LEMMA: Pr, in marg. B, ἕρπειν MC      POSITION: before sch. 108.01 M

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ παρθένοισι prep. VRb, παρθένοις prep. BPr (perhaps lemma mistaken for first words of note)   |    2 τοῖς M   |    3 καὶ] om. VCPrRb, ἦν Rw   |    ἡ ἠλέκτρα] ἡ ἑλένη CRb   |    4 δέ] τέ MBVPrRb   |    ἡ ἀμιγής τε transp. (and second ἡ del.) Elsperger 1908: 69 n. 33   |    ἀμιγὴς om. Pr   |    ἡ om. MPrRbRw   |    5 κακοήθως VRb, κακούργως Pr   |    δεῖξαι βούλεται transp. Schw., without note   |    τὴν ἠλέκτραν] τὴν ἑλένην Rb   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἀμιγὶς Rb, ἀμογῆς Rw   |    ἄρτι] ἄργη C   |    ἡβόωσα Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,23–109,2; Dind. II.62,5–8

KEYWORDS:  κακονόως   |   κακοήθως   |   κακούργως


Or. 108.05 (vet exeg) τοῦτο κακοήθως εἶπεν. βούλεται γὰρ μὴ παρθένον δεῖξαι τὴν Ἠλέκτραν τῷ μὴ πεισθῆναι αὐτῇ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   She said this maliciously. For she wants to show that Electra is not a virgin, because she did not accede to her request.

REF. SYMBOL: H (to παρθ.)

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως


Or. 108.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰς ὄχλον⟩: εἰς πλῆθος  —Yf2Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς om. Zl


Or. 108.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ὄχλον⟩: πλῆθος δήμου  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 108.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: τὸ ἕρπειν κυρίως ἐπὶ ὄφεως.  —HMV3C

TRANSLATION:   The (verb) ‘herpein’ is used properly of a serpent.

POSITION: s.l., except C, cont. from prev., adding δὲ

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἕρπειν om. HV3   |    ἐπὶ ὄφεων λέγεται C   |    τῆς ὄφεως app. H   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,3; Dind. II.62,8


Or. 108.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: κρυφίως βαδίζειν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 108.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: βαδίζειν —V1AbCrOxYf2Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 108.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: διάγειν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 108.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: καὶ τὸ ἀπέρχεσθαι αὐτάς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 108.13 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: τὸ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 108.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρθένοισιν⟩: νεάνισιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 108.15 (rec exeg) παρθένοισιν: [ν]εᾶνις ἡ ἄρτι [ἡ]βῶσα παρθένος [ ]τὸν ι̅β̅ χρόνον [δ]ραμοῦσα. —Pr

TRANSLATION:   A young woman (is) the maiden who is just reaching puberty, having passed the twelfth year.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2:   νεάνις Pr (accentuation attested in a number in late antique and Byzantine texts)   |

COMMENT:   The juncture χρόνον δραμεῖν is found once in Tzetzes, Chil. 4(epist.),569 ἐγγὺς πεντεκαιδέκατον τρέχοντα γὰρ τὸν χρόνον; other Byzantine authors provide two examples with διατρέχω and one with παρατρέχω. Possibly [διαδ]ραμοῦσα should be restored here, but the other lines of this note have not lost so many letters in left margin.    |


Or. 108.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨παρθένοισιν⟩: ταῖς  —AbF2MnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   παρθένοις add. F2


Or. 108.17 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐ καλὸν⟩: οὐκ ἔστι  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 108.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ καλὸν⟩: οὐκ εὐπρεπὲς  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 108.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὐ καλόν⟩: ἀλλὰ ἄτιμον  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 108.20 (rec gloss) ⟨καλόν⟩: δίκαιον ὑπάρχει  —R

POSITION: marg.


Or. 108.21 (rec gloss) ⟨καλόν⟩: ὑπάρχει  —CF2GKZcZuYf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 108.22 (108a) (rec exeg) ⟨κἀγὼ γυναικῶν ἄφρον οὐχὶ παρθένος⟩: οὗτος ὁ στίχος ἀλλότριος.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   This extra verse is characteristic of the recentiores and occurs in the text in AbCrMnRfSSaOx and in the margin in GPrR.


Or. 108.23 (108a) (pllgn gloss) ⟨κἀγὼ⟩: καὶ ἐγὼ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 108.24 (108a) (rec gloss) ⟨γυναικῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπὸ om. Ab, either ἀπὸ or ὑπὸ Mn (damage)


Or. 108.25 (108a) (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄφρον⟩:  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 108.26 (108a) (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφρον⟩: καὶ ἀσύνετε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀσύνετη (sic) CrOx


Or. 108.27 (108a) (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρθένος⟩: εἰμὶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 109.01 (pllgn exeg) καὶ μὴν οὐ μέλλει ἀπελθεῖν ἀλλαχόθεν καὶ ἔνι μεμπτὸν εἰς τὰς παρθένους εἰ μὴ ἵνα δώσει τὰ τροφεῖα τῇ ἀναθρεψάσῃ αὐτήν.  —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   And indeed she is not about to depart for another reason, and it is a source of reproach to maidens unless (she goes) in order to give repayment for nurture to the woman who raised her.

POSITION: cont. from prev. Yf2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.62,13–14


Or. 109.02 (rec gloss) ⟨καὶ μὴν⟩: δίκαιον ὑπάρχει  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 109.03 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴν⟩: δὴ  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 109.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴν⟩: ἀληθῶς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 109.05 (rec gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: δώσει  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 109.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀνταποδώσει  —Aa2MnSSa, app. R

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R

APP. CRIT.:   -σειν SSa, ‑σοι Aa, ending washed out in R


Or. 109.07 (rec gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀποδώσει  —V3AbCrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    -δώσω Ab, ‑δώσ() Cr


Or. 109.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀποδοίη  —XXaXbYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l., except X


Or. 109.09 (recTri gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀποδιδοίη  —GKT+Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 109.10 (thom gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀνταποδοίη  —ZZaZbZbZlTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 109.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀποτίνοι  —XXaXbTYYf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 109.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἡ Ἑρμιόνη  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 109.13 (thom exeg) ⟨τῇ τεθνηκυίᾳ τροφάς⟩: ὑπ’ ἐκείνης γὰρ ἀνετράφη.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Repayment for nurture to the dead woman’ is said) because she (Hermione) was raised by that woman (Clytemnestra).

POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ox2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.62,11


Or. 109.14. (thom gloss) ⟨τῇ τεθνηκυίᾳ⟩: τῇ ἐμῇ μητρὶ  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 109.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τεθνηκυίᾳ⟩: ἤγουν τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ  —CrYf2ZuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Yf2


Or. 109.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῇ τεθνηκυίᾳ⟩: τῇ ἀποθανούσῃ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 109.17 (vet exeg) ⟨τροφὰς⟩:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ τροφεῖα·  2ἀνθ’ ὧν ἀνετράφη ὑπ’ αὐτῆς, ἀμοιβὴν διδοῦσα.   —HMVC, partial OAbMnPrSSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   Meaning repayment for nurture. Giving a return for the fact that she was raised by her.

LEMMA: καὶ μὴν τίνοις ἂν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: s.l. CMnPrSSa; marg. HM; under the line (in lower margin) Ab

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ τροφεῖα om. AbMnPrSSaYf, om. O, but sep. has (τροφ)ια above τροφὰς   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V    |    τροφεῖα] τρόφεια M, (τροφ)ια O, τρόφιν (or ‑ην changed to ‑ιν) C   |    2 ἀνθ’ ὧν om. Ab, ἀνθ’ ὧ app. Yf2   |    ἀνεστράφη Sa, ἐτράφη S, ἀνατρέφη Mn   |    ἐπ’ αὐτῆς AbMnPrSSa   |    ἀμοιβὴν διδοῦσα om. HO

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀνθῶν M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,9–10; Dind. II.62,11–12

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |


Or. 109.18 (mosch exeg) ⟨τροφάς⟩:  ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν ἕνεκα τῆς ἀνατροφῆς ἧς ἀνέθρεψεν αὐτήν.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Trophas’, ‘nurturings’ is) used to mean ‘grateful return on account of the nurture with which she (Clytemnestra) raised her (Hermione)’.

REF. SYMBOL: Y       POSITION: s.l. XaXbTG(above 110)Gr

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν om. G   |    ἕνεκα om. T   |    ἔθρεψεν G   |    αὐτήν om. G


Or. 109.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨τροφάς⟩: ἀνατροφάς  —XXaXbT+YYfGuZc

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.62,10

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross omitted by Ta.   |


Or. 109.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τροφάς⟩: τὰς θυσίας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 109.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τροφὰς⟩: τροφεῖα  —F2GYf2Zb

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ prep. F2 G

COLLATION NOTES:   Not quite certain it is Yf2 rather than Yf; cross in front Yf.   |


Or. 109.22 (rec exeg) ⟨τροφώς⟩: τροφάς  —Ab

LEMMA: τροφώς in text Ab       POSITION: marg.


Or. 109.23 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 110.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀρθῶς⟩: καλῶς  —CrSYf2ZuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrZuOx


Or. 110.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀρθῶς⟩: δικαίως  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 110.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καλῶς⟩: ὀρθῶς  —G

LEMMA: καλῶς in text G       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 110.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔλεξας⟩: καὶ εἶπας —CrF2ZuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. F2


Or. 110.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πείθομαι⟩: ἀκούω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 110.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σοι⟩: τίνι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 110.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κόρη⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὴν παρθένον εἶπε κόρην.  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 110.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κόρη⟩: Ἠλέκτρα  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   app. ἐλέκτρα Aa2 (damage)


Or. 110.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨κόρη⟩:  —Ab2FMnRSYf2Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 111.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέμψομεν⟩: γε  —V3

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   This γε is added because V had written θυγατέρα γ’ instead of γε θυγατέρ’.


Or. 111.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέμψομαι⟩: (πέμψο)μεν  —V3

LEMMA: πέμψομαι in text by correction of V2       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   μεν is deleted at a later time, app. by V3   |


Or. 111.03 (rec gloss) ⟨πέμψομαι⟩: μεταπέμψομαι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 111.04 (moschThom gloss) ⟨πέμψομαι⟩: πέμψω  —XXaXbYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmZuT*

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 111.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θυγατέρ’⟩: τὴν ἐμὴν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 111.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨θυγατέρ’⟩: τὴν  —SOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 111.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὖ⟩: καὶ καλῶς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 111.08 (rec gloss) ⟨τοι⟩: σὺ  —Ab2MnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ab2


Or. 112.01 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἑρμιόνη⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 112.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόμων⟩: τῶν οἴκων  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 112.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨δόμων⟩: τῶν  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 112.04 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: ἔμπροσθεν  —Ab2MnRSXXbT+YfGrZcZZaZb2Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S


Or. 112.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: ἔξω  —GGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. B3a


Or. 112.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: καὶ ἐκτὸς  —Yf2Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 113.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χοὰς⟩: ἐπὶ τῶν ὑγρῶν θυσιῶν ἐπὶ τῶν ζώντων  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 113.02 (rec gloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: θυσίας  —OAbCrYf2, app. Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὰς prep. CrOx, τὰς prep. Yf2

COLLATION NOTES:   θυ]σι[ας Zl (water damage)   |


Or. 113.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: τὰς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 113.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάσδ’⟩: ταύτας  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 113.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐν χεροῖν⟩: ἐν χερσὶ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 113.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χεροῖν⟩: καὶ διὰ τῶν χερῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 113.07 (rec etaGloss) ⟨κόμας … ἐμᾶς⟩: κόμης ἐμῆς  —Ab

LEMMA: ἐμάς a.c., ἐμᾶς p.c. Ab       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 113.08 (rec gloss) ⟨κόμας⟩: τρίχας  —Ab2CrMnSOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὰς prep. CrOx


Or. 113.09 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κόμας⟩: τὰς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 114.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐλθοῦσα⟩: πορευθεῖσα  —R

POSITION: marg.


Or. 114.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἐλθοῦσα⟩: ἀπελθοῦσα  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 114.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐλθοῦσα⟩: καὶ παραγενομένη  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 114.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ⟩: ἐπὶ  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross omitted by Ta.   |


Or. 114.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ⟩: περὶ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuGOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 114.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨Κλυταιμνήστρας⟩: τῆς  —F2SOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 114.07 (rec gloss) ⟨τάφον⟩: περὶ τὸν  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 114.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τάφον⟩: τὸν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.01 (rec gloss) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: ῥύσιν οἴνου  —AaAbMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.02 (thom exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος κράματα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Melikrata’ refers to) the mixtures made of honey and milk.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl       POSITION: s.l. except ZbZl

APP. CRIT. 2:   κράμματα ZZa


Or. 115.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: τὴν μεμιγμένην μετὰ τοῦ οἴνου  —V3

POSITION: marg.


Or. 115.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: μελίκρατον λέγεται τὸ μέλι μεμιγμένον μετὰ γάλακτος· νῦν δὲ μελίκρατον μέλι μεμιγμένον ὕδατι· ὅπερ λέγεται χώμελι.  —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:  Honey mixed with milk is called ‘melikraton’. But in the present passage ‘melikraton’ is honey mixed with water, what is called ‘chōmeli’.

POSITION: s.l. Y

APP. CRIT.:   μελίκρατον λέγεται om. Y2   |    χέμελι or χΐμελι or χύμελι Yf2 (certainly not χώμελι)

COMMENT:   χώμελι seems to be the correct decipherment of the strokes in Y; Yf is unfortunately obscure because of sloppiness and compression of the hand. This word is not in TLG; χιονόμελι is found once in Geoponica for a water/honey mixture used as medicine, made by mixing in snow. With thanks to Maria Mavroudi, Nick Nicholas and Nikos Sarantakos, I can refer to Moeris’ glossing of μελίκρατον with ὑδόμελι and οἰνόμελι; and a modern Greek word variously spelled as χούμελι, χούμελη, χουμέλι, χουμέλη, which also may refer to water with honey dissolved in it or other mixture of water and honey.

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 115.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄφες⟩: πέμψον  —V1AbCrFKMnRfSSaZuGOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFZuOx, διὸ V1


Or. 115.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄφες⟩: θῦσον  —AaAbPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφες⟩: χεῖ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφες⟩: χῦσον  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφες⟩: καὶ ῥάνον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.10 (vet exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει ἡ μετά, ἵν’ ᾖ μετὰ γάλακτος.  —MCMnRmargRbS

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘meta’ is omitted (and to be understood), so that the meaning is ‘with milk’.

LEMMA: μελίκρατ’ ἄφες MnRbS       REF. SYMBOL: M (to γάλακτος), Rb(to the whole line)       POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. Ra

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ μετά om. C

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἵνα Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,11; Dind. II.63,1

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 115.11 (rec exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει τὰ μειλίγματα μετὰ τοῦ.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 115.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει ἡ μετὰ τοῦ.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 115.13 (vet gloss) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: μετὰ  —HOAaAbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   γάλακτος add. H


Or. 115.14 (rec gloss) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: διὰ  —V1

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: τοῦ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.16 (vet exeg) οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην:  1ἐμφαντικῶς τὴν δαψιλῆ τοῦ οἴνου ῥύσιν διὰ τῆς ἄχνης ἐσήμανε.  2τοῦτο δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν κυμάτων εἴρηται [Hom. Il. 4.426]·  3‘ἀποπτύει δ’ ἁλὸς ἄχνην’.  4οἱ δὲ ἀκύρως τὴν οἰνόχροα τρίχα φασί.  5λάχνη γὰρ ἡ θρὶξ, ἀλλ’ ἄχνη τὸ λεπτὸν μέρος, ὃ κατέχειν τις οὐ δύναται, οἱονεὶ ἀέχη τις οὖσα.   —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwS

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) indicated the abundant flow of wine vividly by using the word ‘achnē’. And this word has been used of waves (in Homer): ‘the sea spits forth a foam of salt water’. Some say it is used in a transferred sense to mean wine-colored hair. For hair is called ‘lachnē’, but ‘achnē’ is used of the fine portion of hair that one is not able to grasp/control, as if being some unheld thing (‘aechē’).

LEMMA: BPr(οἰνοπόν Pr, a.c. B), μελίκρατ’ ἄφες γάλακτος οἰνοπόν τ’ ἄχνη MC, μελίκρατ’ ἄφες VMnRaRbS, ἄχνην Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT.:   Ra partly washed out   |    1 ἐκφαντικῶς C, ἐμφατικῶς Rb   |    δαψιλῆ transp. after οἴνου MBCPrRw   |    τοῦ om. Rw   |    1 διὰ τῆς] BPr, διὰ γὰρ τῆς others   |    1–2 ἐσήμανε τοῦτο δὲ] τοῦτο ἐσήμανε τοῦτο δὲ MnRaRbRw, τοῦτο ἐσήμανε. ὅμηρος γὰρ V    |    1 ἐσήμανε om. S   |    2 τῶν om. V   |    2 εἴρηται om. V   |    3 ἁλὸς] διὸς Rw   |    ἄχνην] ἄχνη V, ἄχην Mn   |    4 ἀκύρως] V, κυρίως others   |    φησὶ Mn   |    5 λεπτὸν μέρος] λεπτόμενον V   |    οὐ om. S   |    ἀέχη] ἔχνη C, ἄχη Rw, ἀέχνη Pr   |    second τις] τί M   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δαψιλὴν Mn   |    ῥῦσιν Pr   |    3 ἀλὸς M, ἄλλος Pr   |    5 ἀλλ’ ἄχνη] ἀλάχλη a.c., ἀλάχνη p.c. Pr   |    first τίς Ra   |    οἰονεὶ MMn

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,12–16; Dind. II.63,5–9

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 115.17 (vet exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: δαψιλῆ τοῦ οἴνου {καὶ} ῥύσιν· διὰ γὰρ τῆς ἄχνης τοῦτο ἐσήμηνεν. οἱ δὲ τὴν οἰνόχροα τρίχα φασί.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Abundant flow of wine. For this is what he indicated by using the word ‘achnē’. Other say (the phrase) means wine-colored hair.

POSITION: marg.


Or. 115.18 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: ἐμφαντικῶς τὴν τοῦ οἴνου δαψιλῆ ῥύσιν· ἄχνη δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν κυμ[άτων].  —O


Or. 115.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: οἶνον καὶ μέλι καθὼς εἶχον συνήθειαν μετὰ γάλακτος.  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl, very faint.   |


Or. 115.20 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: ἡ ἄχνη (?)ση(μαίνει) [2–4] τὸ μέλι μετὰ τοῦ γάλακτος καὶ τὴν ὑγρὴν τρίχα τὴν οὖσαν κατὰ τὸ [ ca. 6 ] (?)κυριν(ος)(?) [ ca. 6? ].  —R

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὐγρὴν R   |


Or. 115.21 (pllgn exeg) οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην:  1εἰς τρία διαιρεῖται ὁ οἶνος, εἰς τὸ ἄνθος, εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν οἶνον, καὶ εἰς τὸν τρυγίαν.  2καὶ ἄνθος μὲν τὸ ἐπάνω τοῦ πίθου ἤγουν τὸ πρῶτον, οἶνος δὲ τὸ μέσον, τρυγίας δὲ ἡ ὕλη ἤγουν τὸ κάτω.  3ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ αἷμα εἰς τρία καὶ τὸ γάλα.  4καὶ τὸ μὲν καθαρώτατον τοῦ αἵματος ἀποτελεῖται εἰς τὸ ἧπαρ εἰς τὸ δεξιὸν μέρος, τὸ δὲ χνοωδέστατον εἰς τὴν χοληδόχον κύστιν, ὁ δὲ τρυγίας εἰς τὸν σπλῆνα.  5ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ γάλα· τὸ μὲν καθαρώτατον καὶ λιπωδέστατον τὸ ἐπάνω ὅπερ γίνεται βούτυρος, τὸ δέ μέσον ὁ ὀρρὸς, τὸ δὲ κάτωθεν ὡς τρυγίας ὅπερ ποιεῖ τὸν τυρόν.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Wine is divided into three parts, the bloom, the wine itself, and the lees. And the bloom is the part at the top of the container, that is, the first pour; the wine is what is in the middle, and the lees are the solid matter, that is, what is below. In exactly the same way also blood and milk (are divided) into three parts. The purest form of the blood is created in the liver in the righthand part, the type most clouded by fine particles in the gall bladder, and the lees in the spleen. In the same way also milk: the purest and fattiest part is the liquid on top, which becomes butter, the middle is the whey, and the part below is as it were the lees, the part that creates cheese.

POSITION: s.l. Y2

APP. CRIT.:   4 καθαρώτερον app. Yf2   |    χνωδέστατον Yf2   |    χολιδόχον Y2Yf2, corr. Dindorf   |    εἰς τὴν σπλῆνα δὲ ὁ τρυγίας Yf2   |    5 εἰς add. before τὸ γάλα Yf2 (εἰς had been deleted by Matt. without knowledge of Y)   |    καθαρώτερον app. Yf2   |    καὶ add. before τὸ ἐπάνω Y2   |    ὁ δὲ μέσον Yf2   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τῶ κάτω Y2   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.63,11–19

COMMENT:   No other passage in TLG has αἷμα described as χνοῶδες, rendered ‘cloudy’ here by BDAG (‘torbido’ in the Italian original).   |   χολήδοκος is very rare, with only two other instances in TLG, in Erasistratus fr. 146.   |   The threefold division of milk is similar to Galen, de simplicium medicamentorum temperamentis ac facultatibus, 11:677,10–18 Kühn. For discussion of similar threefold divisions of wine and oil and honey, see Plutarch, quaest. conviv. 7.3 (701d–702c).   |   The feminine as seen in Yf2 τὴν σπλῆνα is attested in some medieval astrological and medical texts.   |   Turyn 1957: 58–59 proposes that this is Planudean because Yf has a cross before it and because he finds medical topics in other possibly Planudean scholia. See, however, Prelim. Stud. 105–106.

KEYWORDS:  rare word   |   Planudes


Or. 115.22 (rec gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: μέλαινάν τε τρίχα  —AaPrMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τε] τῆς Mn, om. AaPr


Or. 115.23 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: γρ. οἰνόποόν τ’ ἄχνην  —R

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 115.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: τὴν οἰνάνθην  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν om. G   |    οἰνάθην app. Y

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.63,10


Or. 115.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: τὴν τρίχωσιν τὴν οἰνόχροα ἤγουν τὴν ξανθὴν  —V3

POSITION: marg.


Or. 115.26 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: τὴν λευκὴν τρίχωσιν· τὸ καθαρὸν τοῦ οἴνου καὶ λαμπρόν.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.63,10–11


Or. 115.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: ὁ καθαρώτατος τοῦ οἴνου  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καθαρώτερος Yf2


Or. 115.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: δαψιλῆ ῥύσιν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.29 (rec gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν⟩: μέλαιναν  —OV3AbCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὴν prep. CrOx


Or. 115.30 (rec gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν⟩: τὸ κρεῖττον  —V1

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν⟩: οἰνώδη  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.32 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν⟩: τὴν λεπτὴν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν⟩: traces of illegible gloss, possibly beginning with ζωντ(?)  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original B.   |


Or. 115.34 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: ἄχνη λέγεται ἡ μέλαινα θρὶξ ἢ ῥύσις οἴνου.  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.35 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: θρίξ  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.36 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: τρίχα  —AbCrRfOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 115.37 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄχνην⟩:  1τὸν λεπτότατον τόνδε οἶνον ἢ ἄχνην λέγει οἱονεὶ κορυφὴν.  2ὅταν γὰρ ἐπιχέηται οἶνος τῷ ἐκ μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος κράματι, ἐπιπολαίως κεῖται.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) this most delicate wine, or he speaks of ‘achnē’ more or less as the top part. For when wine is poured upon the mixture of honey and milk, it rests on top.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa, to οἰνωπόν Zm      POSITION: cont. from 115.02 ZbZl (Zl add. καὶ)

APP. CRIT.:   1 prep. οἰνωπὸν ἄχνην λέγει T   |    ἢ del. Matt.

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 κράμματι ZZa   |    ἐπιπολέως T (‑αίως Ta)   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.63,2–4


Or. 115.38 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: κορυφὴν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.39 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: λεπτὸν ὑγρὸν  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.40 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: λεπτὸν ὕδωρ  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.41 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: τὴν χύσιν  —Pr

POSITION: below word since space above full


Or. 115.42 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: οἰνάνθη τὸ κρεῖττον τοῦ οἴνου  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.43 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: τὸ καθαρώτατον —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 115.44 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄχνης⟩: (ἄχν)ην  —V

LEMMA: ἄχνης in text V       POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Diggle records this as V1/2; it seems to me to be the ink and letter-forms of main scribe.   |


Or. 116.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨στᾶσ’⟩: καὶ σταθεῖσα  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. F2


Or. 116.02 (pllgn gram) ⟨στᾶσ’⟩: ἔστη τις ἑκουσίως, ἐστάθη ἀκουσίως· τὸ μὲν ἔστη μετὰ θελήματος, τὸ δὲ ἐστάθη δυναστικῶς.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Someone stood/came to a stop (intransitive aorist form) willingly, was stood up/set up (aorist passive form) unwillingly. The (intransitive) form ‘he stood’ is accompanied by willingness, but the (passive) form ‘was stood up’ occurs by command of an authority.

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀκουσίως] ἑκουσίως Y2

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions


Or. 116.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἀκροῦ χώματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπ’ ἄκρον χῶμα  —HM

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘(going) up to the top of the mound’.

POSITION: s.l. H, marg. M

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. H

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,17; Dind. II.63,20


Or. 116.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἄκρου χώματος⟩: ἐπὶ τοῦ ἄκρου τοῦ τάφου  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον Gr, ἐπ’ ἄκρου Y   |    second τοῦ om. Zc


Or. 116.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπ’ ἄκρου χώματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ χώματος τὸ ἄκρον χῶμα λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀττικοί, ὡς ἐνταῦθα καὶ παρὰ Σοφοκλεῖ [Soph. Aj. 238–239] ‘καὶ γλῶτταν ἄκραν / ῥιπτεῖ θερίσας’, ἤγουν τὸ ἄκρον τῆς γλώττης.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  Instead of saying ‘the top part of the mound’ Attic writers say ‘the topmost mound’, as here and in Sophocles, ‘and having lopped off the outermost tongue he throws it aside’, that is, ‘the tip of the tongue’.

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί


Or. 116.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπ’ ἄκρου⟩: ἐπάνω  —F2Zu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.63,20–23


Or. 116.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄκρου⟩: καὶ τοῦ ὑψηλοῦ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 116.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨χώματος⟩: τάφου  —CrMnPrRwSSaZZaZbZlZmZuOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ prep. MnPrSB3a, καὶ prep. Cr   |


Or. 116.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χώματος⟩: τύμβου  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 116.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χώματος⟩: τοῦ σήματος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 116.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λέξον⟩: εἰπὲ  —F2OxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox


Or. 116.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάδε⟩: ταῦτα  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox


Or. 117.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἑλένη σ’ ἀδελφή⟩: †ἡ ἀνάπταιστος  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The lexica provide only three attestations of ἀνάπταιστος. In Suda α 2036 ἀνάπταιστον: τὸ μὴ πταῖον in a sequence of ἀναπ‑ words), it could derive from a text where it was an error for ἄπταιστον . The others are in an astrological text (Catalogus codicum astrologorum graecorum VIII:4.208,2 and 210,15): in the first place it is only a rejected variant for ἄπταιστον, in the other it is in all three codices, but the editor prints ἀπταίστους. If we emend here to ἡ ἄπταιστος, ‘the unerring one’, or if we accept that in Byzantine Greek ἀνάπταιστος indeed existed with the same meaning as ἄπταιστος, the commentator would be making a very strange claim about Helen, particularly in the context of this passage (unless he is being sarcastic; but why use such an odd term, rather than ἡ βελτίστη, used sarcastically in sch. 120.01?). More likely, this gloss is a misunderstanding/misreading of ἀνάπαιστος, a metrical note on ἑλένη, and ἡ was originally a separate article gloss on the same word (117.03).


Or. 117.02 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩:  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 117.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 117.04 (rec gloss) ⟨σ’⟩: σοὶ  —MnRf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 117.05 (rec gloss) ⟨σ’⟩: σοῦ  —MnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 117.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩: ὦ Κλυταιμνήστρα  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 117.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩: ἡ σὴ  —CrROx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 117.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩: σου  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 117.09 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩:  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 117.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩: θέλεις μετὰ τοῦ ν̅ ἢ χωρὶς τοῦ ν̅  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   This and the next give evidence of a variant reading ἀδελφὴν, which appears not to have been reported previously.


Or. 117.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩: ἀδελφὴν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 117.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ταῖσδε … χοαῖς⟩: τάσδε … χοάς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 117.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τάσδε … χοάς⟩: ταῖσδε … χοαῖς  —Rf

LEMMA: τάσδε … χοάς in text Rf       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 117.14 (rec gram) ⟨ταῖσδε … χοαῖς⟩: ἀντίστροφον, ὡς τὸ ἐδωρεῖτο τὸν ἅγ(ιον) τοῖς χρυσοῖς  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   With exchange of (case‑)construction, as in the sentence ‘he gifted the saint with gold pieces’.

POSITION: s.l. (space between ἀντίστροφον and the rest)

APP. CRIT.:   ἔδωκε Mn

COMMENT:   I have not located any passage where δίδωμι has such a construction. I assume ἔδωκε is a mistake for ἐδωρεῖτο, since (as 117.20–22 indicate) that verb can take alternative constructions for person and thing as arguments. I find no parallel for the example sentence.

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως


Or. 117.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταῖσδε⟩: ταύταις  —F2Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 117.16 (mosch exeg) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δεξιοῦται δι’ ἐμοῦ δηλονότι διὰ φόβον τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὴν πρὸς τὸ μνῆμα τὸ σόν  —XXaXbT+YGGr

TRANSLATION:   (Your sister) greets (honors) you, that is to say, through me (scil. Hermione) because of fear of going herself to your tomb.

LEMMA: X, ταῖσδε δωρεῖται G

APP. CRIT.:   φόβου G

APP. CRIT. 2:   δῆλον ὅτι G   |

COMMENT:   For the sense ‘honor’ see the comment on sch. 117.21.


Or. 117.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δι’ ἐμοῦ δηλονότι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 117.18 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δεξιοῦται  —V3AbFKMnPrRSSaXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*B3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr


Or. 117.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: τιμᾷ σε  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,6


Or. 117.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩:  1τὸ δωρεῖσθαι εἰ μὲν σημαίνει τὸ χαρίζεσθαι καὶ διδόναι ἁπλῶς, συντάσσεται πρὸς μὲν τὸ πρόσωπον δοτικῇ, πρὸς δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα αἰτιατικῇ, οἷον δωροῦμαί σοι τόδε.  2ὅτε δὲ τὸ φιλοφρονεῖσθαι καὶ δεξιοῦσθαι, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, ἐναλλὰξ πρὸς μὲν τὸ πρόσωπον αἰτιατικῇ, πρὸς δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα δοτικῇ, οἷον δωροῦμαί σε τῷδε.   —Gu

TRANSLATION:   If the verb ‘dōreisthai’ (‘to gift’) denotes ‘grant as a favor’ or simply ‘give’, it is construed with the person in the dative and the thing in the accusative, as for example ‘I gift this to you’. But when it denotes ‘show favor’ or ‘honor’, as it does here, inversely it is construed with the person in the accusative and with the thing in the dative, as for example in ‘I gift you with this’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,1–6

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions


Or. 117.21 (pllgn gram) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩:  1δωροῦμαι τὸ δεξιοῦμαι καὶ τιμῶ ἀπὸ αἰτιατικῆς εἰς δοτικὴν, ὡς τὸ δωρεῖται σε ταῖσδε χοαῖς ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμᾷ σε.  1δωροῦμαι δὲ τὸ παρέχω σοι τι ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀπὸ δοτικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικὴν, ὡς τὸ δωροῦμαι σοι τόδε ἢ ἵππον ἢ ἄλλο τι.   —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὡς τῷ a.c. Y2

COMMENT:   For δεξιόομαι in the sense ‘honor’ see Lampe s.v. δεξιόω 2d–e; BDAG s.v. δεξιόομαι. For the meaning ‘gift/endow someone (acc.) with something (dat.)’, implied here, Lampe cites Greg. Naz. orat. 14 (PG 35.881,30–32) καὶ τοῖς ἐντεῦθεν χρηστοῖς πολλάκις δεξιοῦται τὸ θεῖον τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς.

COLLATION NOTES:   No cross Yf.   |

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions


Or. 117.22 (pllgn gram) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δωροῦμαι τὸ δεξιοῦμαι αἰτιατικῇ· δωροῦμαι τὸ δίδωμι δοτικῆ.  —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa


Or. 117.23 (rec gloss) ⟨χοαῖς⟩: θυσίαις  —CrMnRSOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ταῖς prep. CrOx


Or. 117.24 (rec artGloss) ⟨χοαῖς⟩: ταῖς  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 118.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβῳ⟩: ἡγησαμένη  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 118.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβῳ⟩: διὰ φόβον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 118.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβῳ⟩: διὰ φόβου  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 118.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φόβῳ⟩: οὖσα  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 118.05 (rec gloss) ⟨προσελθεῖν⟩: ὥστε  —AaAbMnPrSSaZu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 118.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨προσελθεῖν⟩: τοῦ  —GK

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 118.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσελθεῖν⟩: τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτήν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 118.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨προσελθεῖν⟩: προσπλησιάσαι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 118.09 (thom gloss) ⟨προσελθεῖν⟩: πλησιάσαι  —Zb2ZlGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   πλησιᾶσαι Zb2   |


Or. 118.10 (rec gloss) ⟨μνῆμα⟩: εἰς τὸ  —PrGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. GuB3a


Or. 118.11 (rec gloss) ⟨μνῆμα⟩: πρὸς τὸ  —KGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 118.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μνῆμα⟩: καὶ τάφον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 118.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨μνῆμα⟩: τὸ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 118.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ταρβοῦσά⟩: φοβουμένη  —V1AbCrMnRSSaGZb2ZlZuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMnOx   |    φοβοῦσα R


Or. 118.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ταρβοῦσά⟩: δειλιῶσα  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 118.16 (vet exeg) ⟨τε⟩: περιττὸς ὁ τέ· βούλεται δὲ λέγειν φόβῳ ταρβοῦσα.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The conjunction ‘te’ is superfluous. She means to say ‘dreading with fear’ (that is, the dative noun ‘fear’ goes with the participle ‘tarbousa’ rather than being a separate expression).

POSITION: intermarg. MC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,18; Dind. II.647–8

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός


Or. 118.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τε⟩: περισσὸν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός


Or. 119.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀργεῖον ὄχλον⟩: τοὺς Ἀργείους  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 119.02 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἀργεῖον ὄχλον⟩: τὸν  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 119.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨Ἀργεῖον⟩: τὸν τῶν Ἀργείων  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν om. Zc


Or. 119.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄχλον⟩: πλῆθος  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 119.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄχλον⟩: ἔστειλεν ἐμέ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 119.06 (vet exeg) ⟨εὐμενῆ δ’ ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: γράφεται πρευμενῆ, ὅ ἐστι πραϋμενῆ καὶ προσφιλῆ. —MCV3MnRbS

TRANSLATION:   ‘Preumenē’ is (also) written, that is, gentle-minded (‘praümenē’) or friendly.

LEMMA: Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. V3S

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. καὶ V3CRb   |    ὅ ἐστι] ἤγουν MnRbS   |    πραϋμενῆ καὶ om. RbS   |    πραϋνομένη C, cf. πραυμένη M   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   προσφιλ() C   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,19; Dind. II.64,9

COMMENT:   Compare sch. MBPr Hec. 538 πρευμενής: πρᾶος εὐμενής· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν δύο σύγκειται ἡ λέξις.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 119.07 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐμενῆ⟩: πραεστάτην  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 119.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐμενῆ⟩: προσφιλῆ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 119.09 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐμενῆ⟩: πραεῖαν  —MnRSCrGuOx, perhaps Ab

POSITION: s.l. except Rb; cont. from 119.06 MnRbS

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    πρᾶον Ox

COLLATION NOTES:   Ab has been erased, but traces of (app.) ειαν; in erasure is written ‘mansa’(?) (Italian gloss).   |


Or. 119.10 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐμενῆ⟩: εὐμενῶς ἔχειν  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 119.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: λείπει παρακαλοῦσα.  —AbSSa

POSITION: s.l. SSa, marg. Ab

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει om. Sa

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 119.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: ἱκέτευε αὐτὴν τὴν νεκρόν.  —Ab

POSITION: marg.


Or. 119.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: καὶ κέλευε αὐτὴν.  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 119.14 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: κέλευε  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,10


Or. 119.15 (thom gram) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: ἀνώγω κυρίως τὸ προστάσσω.  —ZmGuOx2

POSITION: marg. Ox; cont. from gloss 119.19 Zm, add. δὲ

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,10–11

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu with cross in front.   |


Or. 119.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: παρακάλεσον  —V1Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    app. παρακάλεσε V1


Or. 119.17 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: παρακάλει  —FL2MnPrZZaZbZlZmTGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,10


Or. 119.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: καὶ πρόσταξον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   πρόσταξε Ox, ending ον erased or damaged in Cr


Or. 119.19 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: λέγε  —V1AaAbRfZZaZbZlZmZuTGuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,10


Or. 119.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: εἰπὲ  —AbKRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AbS


Or. 119.21 (recThom gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὴν  —V1AaF2MnRRfSSaZZlGuG

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,10


Or. 120.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τε⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 120.02 (vet exeg) καὶ πόσει γνώμην ἔχειν:  1ἐνταῦθα ἡ βελτίστη οὐδὲ τὴν θυγατέρα ἑαυτῆς προέκρινε·  2τοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς μικροῦ δεῖν καὶ ἐπελάθετο.   —MCMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Here the wonderful woman did not even give precedence to her daughter over herself. As for her husband, she almost even forgot about him.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ πόσει RaRbSa, καὶ ποσι Mn, πόσει S       REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: s.l. MnSSa

APP. CRIT.:   2 τοῦ] τοῦτο M   |    γὰρ om. Sa

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 προέκρινεν M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,20–22

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of


Or. 120.03 (mosch gloss) πόσει: τῷ ἐμῷ  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZm

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X


Or. 120.04 (rec gloss) ⟨πόσει⟩: ἀνδρὶ  —CrF2RfZlZuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῷ prep. CrOx, τῷ prep. ZlZu


Or. 120.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πόσει⟩: Μενελάῳ  —Aa2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τῶ prep. Yf2


Or. 120.06 (rec artGloss) ⟨πόσει⟩: τῷ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 120.07 (rec gloss) ⟨γνώμην⟩: συγγνώμην  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 120.08 (thom gloss) ⟨γνώμην⟩: ὑπόληψιν  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 120.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γνώμην⟩: διάθεσιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 120.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γνώμην⟩: τρόπον συμπάθειαν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 120.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γνώμην⟩: ἀγαθήν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 120.12 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨γνώμην⟩: τὴν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 120.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔχειν⟩: ὥστε  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 121.01 (vet exeg) τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν:  1καὶ αὐτῶν μέμνηται, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ παντελῶς λιθοκάρδιος εἶναι, ὅμως μετὰ ἀρᾶς.  2τὸ γὰρ οὓς ἀπώλεσεν θεός δοκεῖ μὲν συναχθομένη λέγειν, πανούργως δὲ ἐμφαίνει ὅτι θεοῖς ἀπηχθημένοι εἰσίν.  3οὐ γὰρ ἀπολλύει εἶπεν, ἀλλ’ ἀπώλεσεν, ὡς ἐγνωσμένης ἤδη τῆς παρὰ θεῶν δυσμενείας.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   She mentions them (Orestes and Electra) as well, in order not to seem completely stone-hearted, but even so she does it with a curse. For in uttering the phrase ‘whom god has destroyed’ she seems to be sharing their distress, but with malicious cunning she indirectly suggests that they are hated by the gods. For she did not say ‘is destroying’ but ‘has destroyed’, as if the hostility on the part of the gods is already decided.

LEMMA: all (add. τοῖνδε Rw)      REF. SYMBOL: MBV

APP. CRIT.:   1 δόξῃ] λέξῃ B   |    1–2 μετὰ ἀρᾶς. τὸ γὰρ οὓς] μιαροὺς καλεῖ. οὓς γάρ φησι V   |    2 δοκεῖ] εὐδοκεῖ M   |    λέγειν om. V   |    καὶ add. before θεοῖς BVRw   |    ἀπηχθομένοι B, ἀπηχθομένα app. Pr, ἀπηχθημένη V   |    3 ἀπολλύει] οσπόλλ begun by B, but corr.; ἀπολύει MVPr   |    εἷπεν om. V   |    ὡς… δυσμενείας om. V   |    ἐγνωσμένως C   |    ἤδη om. Rw   |    παρὰ om. PrRw   |    θεῷ C   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   παντελῶ Rw   |    ἁρᾶς Rw   |    2 ἀπώλεσε BCPrRw   |    3 δυσμενίας Pr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,23–27; Dind. II.64,12–16

KEYWORDS:  πανούργος/πανούργως   |   character, analysis of


Or. 121.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: μέμνηται καὶ αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ παντελῶς λιθοκάρδιος εἶναι.  —H

TRANSLATION:   She mentions them (Orestes and Electra) as well, in order not to seem completely stone-hearted.

POSITION: marg.


Or. 121.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: ἤγουν τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ καὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —AbMnRSSaZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι R   |    τὴν ἠλέκτραν καὶ τὸν ὀρέστην Zl   |    τὴν Mn


Or. 121.04 (moschThom paraphr) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: τῷ Ὀρέστῃ καὶ τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcZcZaZmCrOxB3a

REF. SYMBOL: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   prep. ἤγουν ZmB3a   |    τῷ om. G   |    καὶ om. Zc

COMMENT:   Although this is in ZZaZm as well as T, a combination which by the criteria of this edition causes it to be marked as Thoman, Triclinius added it when incorporating Moschopulean material and marks it as a Moschopulean gloss, not as one common to Moschopulus and Thomas.


Or. 121.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν  —Vrec


Or. 121.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: τοῖς ἀθλίοις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 121.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τ’⟩: καὶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 121.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπώλεσεν⟩: ἠφάνισεν  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox


Or. 121.09 (rec gloss) ⟨θεός⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων  —Ab2CrGKMnRSSaOxYf2B3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. CrOx   |    ὁ om. Mn, spaced as if sep. article gloss Ab


Or. 121.10 (thom exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων προστάξας τὸν φόνον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘A god’ refers to) Apollo, for having ordered the murder.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν φόνον om. Za


Or. 121.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ἀπόλλων· αὐτὸς γὰρ αὐτοὺς εἰς μητρικὸν φόνον παρέθηξε.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 121.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεός⟩: ἡ Ἐριννύς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.01 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν: ἃ δὲ νενόμισται τοῖς νεκροῖς ποιεῖν, ταῦτα κἀμὲ ὑπισχνοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀδελφὴν ποιεῖν.  —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The things which it has become customary to do for the dead, promise that I too will do these in regard to my sister.

LEMMA: MBPrRaRb(ἀδ’ εἰς), ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν καιρός C, ὑπισχνοῦ Rw, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MBRb      POSITION: after 122.04 V

APP. CRIT.:   first ποιεῖν] πλεῖν Pr   |    ταῦτα … ποιεῖν om. V   |    κἀμὲ] καὶ S   |    ὑπισχοῦ Rb, ἐπισχνοῦ S   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,1–2; Dind. II.64,17–18


Or. 122.02 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἅπαντα τὰ τῶν νεκρῶν δωρήματα, ἃ εὔκαιρον εἰς ἀδελφὴν ἐμὴν ἐκπονεῖν, ὑπισχνοῦ.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   All the gifts for the dead, which it is timely to perform for my sister, promise (them).

LEMMA: BPrRw       POSITION: cont. from 122.01 C, from 122.11 V

APP. CRIT.:   ἅπαντα] ἅπαντα δὲ BVPrRw, ἅπαντα δὲ δωρήματα M (with dicolon as if the words are a lemma)   |    εὐκαιρον εἰς] εὔκαιρα εἰς M, εὐκαιρεῖς Rw   |    τὴν ἐμὴν V   |    ἐκπονεῖν ἐμὴν transp. BPr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,3–4; Dind. II.64,18–20


Or. 122.03 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἅπερ δὲ πρέπει τοὺς τεθνηκότας παρὰ τῶν ζώντων λαμβάνειν, ταῦτα ὑπισχνοῦ τῇ ἐμῇ ἀδελφῇ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   And whatever it is proper for the dead to receive from the living, promise these things to my sister.

POSITION: marg.


Or. 122.04 (122–123) (rec paraphr) ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν: ἃ δὲ εὔκαιρον εἰς ἀδελφὴν ἐκπονεῖν νεκρῶν δωρήματα ταῦτα ὑπισχνοῦμαι.  —V

LEMMA: V       POSITION: before 122.01 V

APP. CRIT.:   ταῦτα (or πάντα) Mastr., ἅττα V


Or. 122.05 (122–123) (rec paraphr) καὶ ὑπισχνοῦ ἅπαντα τὰ δῶρα τῶν νεκρῶν, ἃ καιρὸς βιάζεται πονεῖν ἢ ποιεῖν ἐμὲ εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφήν.  —Ra

REF. SYMBOL: Ra


Or. 122.06 (122–123) (mosch paraphr) ἃ δὲ δωρήματα τῶν κάτω, τουτέστι προσήκοντα τοῖς κάτω, καιρός ἐστι δηλονότι ἁρμόδιος ἐνεργεῖν ἐμὲ εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφὴν, ἅπαντα ὑπισχνοῦ.  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

LEMMA: V       POSITION: cont. from 122.22 X

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμὲ] ἐμὴ a.c. Gr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,20–22


Or. 122.07 (122–123) (pllgn exeg) 1ἃ δὲ δωρήματα τῶν νερτέρων καιρὸς ὑπάρχει ἐκπονεῖν εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφὴν, ἅπαντα ὑπισχνοῦ. 2διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἐκπονεῖν ἐδήλωσεν ὅτι μεγαλοπρεπῆ τινα, πέπλους, ἔμελλε κατασκευάσαι. 3ἦθος γὰρ εἶχον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῖς τάφοις πέπλους ἐκτίθεσθαι, 4ὡς καὶ ἡ τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως Πηνελόπη τὸν ἱστὸν, ὃν ὕφαινε θέλουσα τοὺς μνηστῆρας ἐκφυγεῖν, ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως ἔμελλε θεῖναι τάφον.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Whatever gifts for the dead below it is appropriate to produce for my sister, promise all of these. And by using the word ‘ekponein’ (produce by hard work) she indicated that she was going to make some impressive gifts, (namely) robes. For they had the custom of setting out robes on the tombs, just as Odysseus’ wife Penelope too intended to place upon the tomb of Odysseus the woven cloth that she was weaving because she wanted to elude the suitors.

APP. CRIT.:   4 τάφον Matt., αὐτὸν Yf2

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 (both) ὀδυσσέος Yf2, corr. Matt.   |    μνηστήρας Yf2   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,23–65,2


Or. 122.08 (122–123) (rec wdord) word order α (ἅ δ’), β (δωρήματα), γ (νερτέρων), δ (ἅπανθ’), ε (ἴπισχνοῦ), ϛ (ἐκπονεῖν), ζ (εἰς ἀδ.), η (ἐμὴν), θ (καιρὸς) —MnS

APP. CRIT.:   Mn omits marks for δ–θ


Or. 122.09 (122–123) (rec wdord) word order α (δ’), β (ὑπισχνοῦμαι), γ (ἅπανθ’), δ (δωρήματα), ε (νερτέρων), ϛ (ἃ), ζ (ἐκπονεῖν), η (ἐμήν), θ (ἀδελφὴν)  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν⟩: νενόμισται  —VS

POSITION: s.l. (above 123 ὑπισχνοῦ S)

APP. CRIT.:   V damaged, uncertain; perhaps ἃ or something else before νενόμ.

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck original V 28r 4th line from bottom.   |


Or. 122.11. (rec gloss) ⟨ἃ⟩: ἀναθήματα, στέμματα  —VRb

POSITION: cont. from 122.01


Or. 122.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἃ⟩: δωρήματα τῶν νερτέρων  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἃ⟩: δωρήματα  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἃ⟩: ὑπάρχουσι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἃ⟩: εἰσὶν  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   οὖσι Pr


Or. 122.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἃ⟩: ἅτινα  —AbCrF2MnPrSaOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox


Or. 122.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴν⟩: εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.18 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀδελφὴν⟩: τὴν  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς ἐκπονεῖν⟩: εὐκαίρως βιάζει πονεῖν  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   εὐκαιρῶς p.c. S, εὐκαιρὸς Sa


Or. 122.20 (rec gloss) ⟨καιρὸς ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ὅτε  —V3MnRf

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   Rf2 add. ὅτι καιρὸς s.l. at end of line


Or. 122.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄξιον ἐστὶ ποιῆσαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.22 (mosch paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: καιρὸς ἐστὶν ἁρμόδιος δηλονότι  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X, prep. to sch. 122.06 X

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Y   |    ἁρμ. ἐστὶ transp. Y


Or. 122.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ὅτε ἐστὶ  —CrZuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὅταν Zu


Or. 122.24 (rec exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ὅτε εὔκαιρος ἐστὶν  —Aa2Pr

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὅτε added by Aa2 to Aa-gloss εὔκαιρος (cf. 122.25)   |    ἐστὶν om. Aa2,


Or. 122.25 (rec exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: λείπει τὸ ὅτ’ ἔσται.  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 122.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ὅτε καιρὸς καλέσει  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.27 (rec gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: εὔκαιρον  —OAa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   εὔκαιρος Aa


Or. 122.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ἁρμόδιος  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.29 (thom gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ἁρμόδιον, πρέπον  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἁρμόδιον om. Gu


Or. 122.30 (rec gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: βιάζει  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ἀπαιτεῖ  —V3B3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει prep. B3a

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 122.32 (rec gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: δεήσει  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ἐγκαίρως  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.34 (rec gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: τέως app.  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.35 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ὥστε πληροῦν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.36 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: πληροῦν  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.37 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ἐκπληροῦν  —CrMnOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 122.38 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ἐνεργεῖν  —KXXaXbT+YfGZcAaV3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.39 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: μετὰ πόνου ἐνεργεῖν  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.40 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: μετὰ κόπου κατασκευάζειν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.41 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ποιεῖν  —RZZaGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.42 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ποιῆσαι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.43 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: (ἐκ)τελεῖν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.44 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: τελειοῦν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.45 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ὥστε καὶ ἐκτελέσαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.46 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμήν⟩: ἐμέ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 122.47 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐμήν⟩: τὴν  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 123.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἅπανθ’⟩: ὅλα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 123.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὑπισχνοῦ⟩: ὑπόσχου  —V1Aa3F2PrZZaZlGuYf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 123.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπισχνοῦ⟩: ὑποσχέθητι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 123.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨νερτέρων δωρήματα⟩: ἤγουν ἃ δωροῦνται οἱ ζῶντες τοῖς νεκροῖς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,3–4


Or. 123.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨νερτέρων δωρήματα⟩: τὰ  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 123.06 (rec gloss) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: νεκρῶν  —OV1AaAbCrFKPrRSSaOxZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῶν prep. CrOx, τῶν prep. KSZu, καὶ prep. F


Or. 123.07 (mosch paraphr) νερτέρων: τῶν κάτω ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν om. Zc, ἤγουν τῶν om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,3


Or. 123.08 (rec gloss) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: νεκροῖς  —Ab2SSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   faint undeciphered word after this in Ab (uncertain whether part of same gloss)


Or. 123.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δωρήματα⟩: ἐκεῖνα, ἤγουν ἅτινα νενόμισται τοῖς νεκροῖς ποιεῖν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 123.10 (rec artGloss) ⟨δωρήματα⟩: τὰ  —KPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 124.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἴθ’⟩: ἄγε  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 124.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἴθ’⟩: ἄπελθε  —AaAbCrF2OxZZaZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 124.03 (thom gloss) ⟨ἴθ’⟩: ἄπιθι  —ZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 124.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴθ’⟩: Ἀττικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄπιθι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς


Or. 124.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴθ’⟩: πορεύθητι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 124.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: ἐμοῦ  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Pr


Or. 124.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σπεῦδ’⟩: ἀγωνίζου  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 124.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σπεῦδ’⟩: καὶ σπούδαζε  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 124.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨σπεῦδ’⟩: σπεύδω τὸ τρέχω ἐπὶ σώματος, σπουδάζω ἐπὶ ψυχῆς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions


Or. 124.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: λοιβὴν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 124.11 (rec gloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: θυσίας  —AbZl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 124.12 (rec artGloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: τὰς  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 124.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάφῳ⟩: τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 124.14 (rec gloss) ⟨τάφῳ⟩: ἐν τῷ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 124.15 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τάφῳ⟩: τῷ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 125.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δοῦσ’⟩: χέασα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 125.02 (rec gloss) ⟨δοῦσ’⟩: καὶ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 125.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —Aa3AbCrGKSOxZmGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx


Or. 125.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: οὕτως  —Ab

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev. gloss, prep. καὶ


Or. 125.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάχιστα⟩: συντόμως  —OxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   διασυντόμως Zl (corruption of λίαν συντ.?)


Or. 125.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάχιστα⟩: ταχέως  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 125.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῆς πάλιν μέμνησ’ ὁδοῦ⟩: ἐνθυμοῦ ὑποστρέψαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 125.08 (recMoschThom gloss) τῆς πάλιν: τῆς εἰς τοὐπίσω  —VAbKPrRSSaXXaXbYYfGZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*Gu

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T, καὶ prep. S   |    τῆς om. AbKPrRSaZZaZbZlZmZuGu

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὸ ὀπίσω Ab   |


Or. 125.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τῆς πάλιν⟩: καὶ τῆς ὄπισθεν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 125.10 (rec gloss) ⟨πάλιν⟩: ὀπίσω  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 125.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέμνησ’⟩: καὶ μνείαν ποίησον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 125.12 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 126.01 (pllgn exeg) παρυπογράφεται τήν τε ἀναχώρησιν τῆς Ἑλένης καὶ τὴν Ἑρμιόνην ἀπερχομένην ἐν τῷ τάφῳ καὶ λέγει, ὦ φύσις.  —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   She (Electra) indirectly indicates both the retreat of Helen indoors and Hermione going off to the tomb and says ‘o nature’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,28–30

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors


Or. 126.02 (rec exeg) ὦ φύσις ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν: 1τὸν τρόπον λέγει καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου γνώμην.  2ἢ φύσιν τὴν εὐμορφίαν.   —VAaMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   (By ‘phusis’) she means the character and sense of judgment of an individual. Or by ‘phusis’ she means beauty of form.

LEMMA: (with ‑οισι) VRw, ὦ φύσις ἐνο̅ι̅σι Aa, ὦ φύσις others      REF. SYMBOL: VAaRbSa

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὴν om. Rb   |    2 φύσις Aa

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,5–6


Or. 126.03 (vet exeg) ὦ φύσις ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν: 1οἱ μέν φασι συνωνυμεῖν τῇ μορφῇ καὶ τῇ δομῇ,  2οἱ δὲ τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ κάλλος,  3οἱ δὲ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἑκάστου,  4ὡς μέγα κακὸν ὁ φαῦλος τρόπος καὶ ἐπιβλαβής ἐστι τοῖς κεκτημένοις καὶ πάλιν ἐπωφελής ἐστι τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις.   —MBCPr, partial VCAaRaRbRwSSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   Some say that that (‘phusis’ here) is synonymous with shape and bodily form, some with the comeliness of the body and beauty, others with the character and nature of the individual, since bad character is a great evil and harmful to those who possess it, and conversely (character) is beneficial to those who possess it in a fine way.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ὦ φύσις MnRaRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. Yf2, cont. from sch. 126.02 VAaRw

APP. CRIT.:   Ra partially washed out   |    1–4 οἱ μέν … κακὸν om. Yf2   |    1 δομῇ] ὁρμῇ B(ὀρ‑)C, δοκιμῆ Mn, ὁράσει Pr   |    τῆ εὐπρεπεία V   |    τοῦ κάλλους Aa   |    3–4 οἱ δὲ κτλ. om. Pr, jumping to what follows κάλλος in sent. 1 of sch. 127.01 σωτήριόν τε   |    3 οἱ δὲ] ἄλλοι δὲ Sa   |    ἕκαστον Sa   |    4 ὡς μέγα κτλ om. VAaMnRaRbRwSSa (see next sch.)   |    φαῦλος del. Schw., add. κακῶς after first τοῖς   |    first ἐστι transp. to follow κακόν B   |    first καὶ om. Yf2   |    after first κεκτημένοις add. αὐτὸν Yf2   |    ὁ ἀγαθὸς add. before πάλιν B   |    ἐστι τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις om. B   |    second ἐστι om. CYf2

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 second τῇ] τὴν Rw   |    4 εστιν … ἐστὶν M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,7–11; Dind. II.66,5–9


Or. 126.04 (vet exeg) 1οἱ μὲν τὴν εὐπρέπειαν φασὶ τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ κάλλος,  2οἱ δὲ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἑκάστου,  3ὡς μέγα κακὸν ὁ φαῦλος τρόπος καὶ ἐπιβλαβὴς τοῖς κεκτημένοις καὶ πάλιν ἐπωφελής τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Some say that that (‘phusis’ here) is the comeliness of the body and beauty, others with the character and nature of the individual, since bad character is a great evil and harmful to those who possess it, and conversely (character) is beneficial to those who possess it in a fine way.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new images when available; looks like ἐπιβλαπὴς on Daitz image.   |


Or. 126.05 (rec paraphr) ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακὸν: καὶ τοῖς μὲν κακῶς χρωμένοις ἐπιβλαβής ἐστι, τοῖς δὲ καλῶς κεχρημένοις ἐπωφελής.  —VAaMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   And it (‘phusis’) is harmful to those who make bad use of it, but beneficial to those who use it well.

LEMMA: all (but not punct. as sep. from note in some)       POSITION: cont. from 126.03, without mark of new scholion

APP. CRIT.:   μὲν om. Rb   |    χρωμένοις … καλῶς om. Aa   |    after χρωμένοις add. ταύτη MnRaSSa   |    ἐπιβλαβές Rw   |    κεχρημ. om. MnSSa   |    ἐπωφελές Rw   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπιβαβής Rb, ἐπιβλαβῆς S, ἐπιβλάβης Mn   |    ἐπωφελῆς S   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110, app. at 10–11; Dind. II.66, app. at 5


Or. 126.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ φύσις⟩: 1ἰδοῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὴν Ἑλένην τεμοῦσαν μὲν ἄκρας τὰς τρίχας, σώζουσαν δὲ τὸ πρόσθεν κάλλος, ἀποτείνεται πρὸς τὴν φύσιν καὶ λέγει ταύτην εἶναι σωτήριόν τε τοῖς κεκτημένοις καλῶς αὐτὴν καὶ βλαπτικὸν τοῖς μὴ οὕτως. 2καὶ ἡ Ἑλένη φυσικῶς οὖσα κακὴ, εἰ καὶ ἔδοξε ποσῶς τὴν ἀδελφὴν θρηνεῖν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀποκεκοφέναι τὰς τρίχας, ἀλλὰ πανούργως τοῦτο πεποίηκεν, 3ἐξ ὧν ἄκρας αὐτὰς ἔτεμε τοῦτο πιστωσαμένη. 4εἰ γὰρ κατ’ ἀλήθειαν ἐθρήνει, πάντα τὸν πλόκαμον ἔδει τεμεῖν. 5καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως. 6οἱ δὲ λέγοντες φύσιν τὸ κάλλος οὔ μοι δοκοῦσι λέγειν εὐλόγως.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Electra, seeing that Helen cut the tips of her hair but preserved her previous beauty, makes an apostrophe to nature and says it (nature) is salvific for those who possess it well and harmful to those who do not do so. And Helen, being by nature vicious, even if she seemed to some extent to mourn for her sister, and for that reason to have trimmed her hair, even so did this in a cunning way, because she cut the hairs at the tip giving proof of this. For if she truly were mourning, she ought to have cut off all her tresses. And this is how to take this passage. Those who say that ‘phusis’ here means beauty do not seem to me to speak with good justification.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZl

APP. CRIT.:   1 τεμοῦσαν] τιμῶσαν Zb   |    πρόσθεν] ἔμπροσθεν Zl   |    αὐτὴν καλῶς transp. Z, αὐτὴν om. Za   |    5 οὗτος Z   |    6 δοκοῦσι τοῦτο ZZa   |    λέγειν om. ZbZl   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀποτίνεται ZbZl   |    2 πανοῦργος ZaZm (‑ως s.l. Za)   |    6 δοκοῦσιν ZbZl   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,15–24

COLLATION NOTES:   For 1 βλαπτικὸν Ta has σωτή / βλαπτικὸν (because in T βλαπτ. is right under σωτήριον).   |

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   |   πανοῦργος/πανούργως


Or. 126.07 (pllgn exeg) ὦ φύσις: 1φύσις διχῶς λέγεται, καὶ ἐπὶ καλοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ φαύλου. 2ἔχει τις φύσιν καλὴν ὅστις ἔνι ἀγαθὸς, ἥμερος, πρᾶος, δίκαιος. 3ἔχει καὶ ἕτερος φύσιν κακὴν ὁ κλέπτης, ὁ μοιχὸς, ὁ πόρνος, ὁ ἄδικος. 4τοῦτο ἡ Ἠλέκτρα λέγει ἐνταῦθα· 5ὦ φύσις ὡς καὶ λίαν μέγα κακὸν ὑπάρχεις ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· 6τοῖς γὰρ κακῶς τὴν φύσιν χρωμένοις ἀνθρώποις, μέγα κακὸν ὑπάρχεις, 7σωτήριόν τε πρᾶγμα ὑπάρχεις τῷ κεκτημένῳ καλῶς αὐτὴν, ἤγουν ἐπωφελὴς ὑπάρχεις τῷ καλῶς χρωμένῳ αὐτὴν.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Phusis’ is spoken of in two ways, both applying to good and applying to bad. A person has a fine nature if he is good, gentle, mild, just. Another person has a bad nature, (for example) the thief, the adulterer, the pimp, the unjust man. This is what Electra says here: O nature, how, that is, (‘hōs’ used in the sense) excessively, great an evil you are among humans, for to those people who use their nature in a bad way, you are a great evil, and you are a salvific thing for the one who possesses it well, that is, you are beneficial to the one who uses it well.

LEMMA: Y2

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἡ φύσις Yf2   |    λέγεται] λαμβάνεται Yf2   |    2 καλὴν] καλεῖ Y2   |    ἔνι] ἐστὶν Matt. (but ἔνι is legitimate in late scholia)   |    3 καὶ om. Yf2   |    ὁ πόρνος om. Y2   |    6 γὰρ] γε Yf2   |    7 first αὐτήν] αὑτήν Yf2   |    ἤγουν ἐπωφελὴς κτλ om. Yf2   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,30–66,4

COMMENT:   Note the use of the acc. instead of dat. with χρώμενοις in 6–7 (see also e.g. sch. 126.22, as opposed to the more ‘correct’ version 126.23).

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross prefixed in Yf, Turyn 59 proposes that this is Planudean. One hopes that Planudes was more intelligent than the author of this note.   |

KEYWORDS:  Planudes   |   Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 126.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: {ἢ} τὴν φύσιν ⟨λέγει⟩ ἤγουν τὴν εὐμορφίαν ἢ τὸν τρόπον  —F

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg.


Or. 126.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: ἢ τὸ κάλλος ἢ τὴν γνώμην ἢ τὸν τρόπον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 126.10 (rec exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: φαῦλος τρόπος ἢ εὐμορφία  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 126.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ εὐφυΐα κάλλος καὶ ὁ τρόπος  —Y

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 126.12 (rec gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: εὐμορφία  —V1AaCrPrMnRSSaOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ prep. R, καὶ prep. CrOx, app. ἤτοι prep. Mn


Or. 126.13 (rec gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: κάλλος  —AaAbKPrRfTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 126.14 (rec gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: κάλλος ὀλέθριον  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 126.15 (recMosch gloss) φύσις: εὐφυΐα  —KXXaXbT+YfGGrZb2Zc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X


Or. 126.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: τοῦ κάλλους  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 126.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: ὡραιότης  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 126.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: μορφὴ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 126.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: τὸ ἐκ φύσεως ἦθος  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 126.20 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀνθρώποισιν⟩: τοῖς  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνθρώποις add. F2


Or. 126.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακόν⟩: λείπει τοῖς κεκτημένοις κακῶς.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 126.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακόν⟩: τοῖς χρωμένοις σε κακῶς  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 126.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακόν⟩: τοῖς κακῶς σοι χρωμένοις  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 126.24 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —AbCrPrMnXXaXbYYfGGrZcZZbZlZmZuT*Ox

POSITION: s.l., except Pr below the word (space above full)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx, ἢ prep. Zu


Or. 126.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὄντως  —AaZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. Zu


Or. 126.26 (rec gloss) ⟨εἶ⟩: ὑπάρχεις  —AbCrF2RfSOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx


Or. 126.27 (rec gloss) ⟨κακόν⟩: ἐπιβλαβὴς  —O

POSITION: marg.


Or. 126.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κακόν⟩: δεινόν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 127.01 (vet exeg) σωτήριόν τε τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις: 1πολλοὶ γὰρ τὸ κάλλος ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἐκτήσαντο, 2ὧν ἐστιν εἷς ὁ Γανυμήδης παρὰ θεοῖς εἶναι ἀξιωθεὶς καὶ ἵπποις ἀθανάτοις κοσμήσας τὴν θρεψαμένην. 3καὶ Ἀμυμώνη δὲ διὰ τὸ ἴδιον κάλλος τὸ ἄνυδρον Ἄργος πολύυδρον ἐποίησε διὰ τῆς ἐπιμιξίας τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος.   —MBVCPraPrbRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   For many persons possessed their beauty for the salvation of themselves or their country. One example of these is Ganymede, who was deemed worthy to be among the gods and adorned with immortal horses the country that raised him. And also Amymone because of her individual beauty caused (her country) waterless Argos to become rich in water through her intercourse with Poseidon.

LEMMA: MC, σωτήριόν τε τοῖς καλῶς VRw(τῆς κακῶς), ἄλλως· σωτήριόν τε B, σωτήριόν τε HPrb      POSITION: between sch. 128.01 and 129.09 M, after 129.09 Prb, after 149.01 Rw; Pra is incomplete version cont. from sch. 126.02

APP. CRIT.:   1 πολλοὶ … κάλλος om. Pra   |    γὰρ om. Prb   |    τῆς om. HVRw   |    2–3 ὧν ἐστιν κτλ om. H   |    2 ἐστιν εἷς] εἷς ἐστι καὶ BPra   |    εἷς om. Prb   |    ὁ om. BPrb   |    εἶναι] V, om. others   |    ἵππους ἀθανάτους Prb   |    κοσμῆσαι B, κοσμήσειν Prb, κομίσας Pra   |    τῆ θρεψαμένη Prb   |    3 καὶ ἡ ἀμυμ. BVPraRw   |    second τὸ om. Pra   |    ἄργος] πέλαγος Pra   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 γαννυμήδης VCPraPrbRw   |    3 ἀμυμόνη MRw, ἀμύμων Pra   |    ἐποίησεν MB   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,13–17; Dind. II.66,11–15


Or. 127.02 (vet exeg) ⟨σωτήριόν τε⟩: πολλοὶ γὰρ διὰ τὸ κάλλος εὐεργέτησαν τὰς πατρίδας.  —M

TRANSLATION:   For many have benefitted their native land because of their beauty.

POSITION: between sch. 126.03 and 128.01 M (punct. as sep., but no lemma)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,12; Dind. II.66,9–10


Or. 127.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σωτήριόν τε⟩: Φρύνη ἔσωσε τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἑαυτῆς πατρίδα τῷ Φιλίππῳ συμμιγεῖσα.  —B3a

TRANSLATION:   Phryne saved her own native city by having intercourse with Philip.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   TLG citations of Phryne do not offer any such anecdote. Phryne, a 4th-century courtesan from Thespiae, was famous for having several statues of her that were dedicated. One anecdote says that Hyperides saved her from a guilty verdict in a trial by exposing her breasts to the jurors; another says that she offered to rebuild the walls of Thebes after Alexander’s destruction if she were allowed to have an inscription on the wall saying she restored what he destroyed. This story is an autoschediasm or a misremembering of the story about the walls of Thebes.


Or. 127.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σωτήριόν τε⟩: καὶ πάλιν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 127.05 (rec gloss) ⟨σωτήριόν⟩: ἐπωφελὴς  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 127.06 (rec gloss) ⟨σωτήριόν⟩: καὶ σωτηρία  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 127.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨σωτήριόν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ σωτηριῶδες  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2B3a

POSITION: s.l.(B3a under line), except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] XXbT, om. others


Or. 127.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σωτήριόν⟩: σωστικὸν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 127.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σωτήριόν⟩: ὠφέλιμον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 127.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κεκτημένοις⟩: γρ. κεχρημένοις  —OAaAbPrRG

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. OPrG   |    καὶ add. before κεχρημ. Aa

APP. CRIT. 2:   κεχρωμ‑ Ab   |

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 127.11 (rec gloss) ⟨κεκτημένοις⟩: αὐτὴν  —MnRSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτοῖς Mn


Or. 127.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨κεκτημένοις⟩: σὲ  —SZZbZlZmZuT

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 127.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κεκτημένοις⟩: καὶ ἔχουσι ταύτην  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.01 (vet exeg) εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας: 1τὸ εἴδετε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἴδοι τις ἂν, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 3.220] ‘φαίης κε ζάκοτον’ καὶ [Hom. Il. 4.223] ‘ἔνθ’ οὐκ ἂν βρίζοντα ἴδοις’. 2ἔνιοι δέ φασι ταῖς δμωσὶ ταῦτα λέγειν. 3οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὸ θέατρον, ὃ καὶ ἄμεινον. 4ἐφελκυστικὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἀεὶ μᾶλλον τῶν θεατῶν ὁ ποιητὴς, οὐ φροντίζων τῶν ἀκριβολογούντων.   —MBVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘eidete’ (‘did you see’) is equivalent to ‘idoi tis an’ (‘one might see’), as (the Homeric phrases) ‘you might say (he was) mightily angry’ and ‘there you would not see him dozing’. Some say that she addresses this to the servant-women, others say it is directed to the audience, which is indeed better. For the poet is always rather inclined to draw in the audience, showing no regard for those who are fussy about details.

LEMMA: MBC, εἴδετε Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MBRbSa

APP. CRIT.:   Ra largely washed out   |    1 ἴδετε V, εἴδε S   |    ἴδη Pr   |    φαίας V   |    after ζάκ. add. τέ τιν’ ἔμμεναι B(ἔμεναι)Pr   |    καὶ ἔνθ’ … ἴδοις om. MnSSa, app. Ra   |    καὶ] καὶ τὸ BPr   |    ἔνθ’ οὐκ ἂν om. V   |    βρίθοντα V   |    ἴδης PrRb   |    2 φησι VRaRb   |    δμωσὶ] B, δμωῆσι MVC(‑ῇσι) [Ra], δμώαισι Rb(τμω‑)MnSa, δμωέσι S, δμωΐοις Pr   |    3 πρὸς] φησι V   |    ὃ] ὅτι V, perhaps Ra, οἳ Rb   |    4 ἐφελκυστικὸν MC, ‑ικῶς Mn   |    γὰρ om. Sa   |    ὁ ποιητὴς transp. after ἐστιν MnRaRbSSa   |    μᾶλλον ἀεὶ transp. V [Ra]   |    ἀεὶ] αἳ Rb[Ra], καὶ MnSSa   |    ὁ] ὡς C   |    ἀκριβολογουμένων M   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κεν M   |    ζάκουσον Pr   |    ἔνθ’] ἔντ’ Pr   |    βρύζοντα Rb   |    4 θεάτων Rb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,18–22; Dind. II.66,17–67,2

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   |   dramatic technique of Euripides


Or. 128.02 (vet exeg) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: 1ἴδοι τις. 2ἔνιοι δέ φασι ταῖς δμώαισι ταῦτα λέγειν, 3ὃ ἄμεινον.   —H

TRANSLATION:   One might see. Some say she says this to the servant-women, which is better.


Or. 128.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: 1ἐθεάσασθε πῶς κατὰ τὰς ἄκρας ἀπέκοψε τὰς τρίχας φυλάσσουσα τὸ κάλλος. 2οὐ κατ’ ἐρώτησιν δὲ, ἀλλ’ ἀποφαινομένη ταῦτα λέγει.   —XXaXbT+YGrZc

TRANSLATION:   You observed how she cut off her hair at the tips, preserving her beauty. For she says this not as a question, but affirming it.

POSITION: s.l. Zc

APP. CRIT.:   1 second τὰς om. G   |    1–2 φυλάσσουσα κτλ om. Zc   |    2 ἀποφαινόμενος G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,4–6


Or. 128.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: ἐθεάσασθε κατὰ τὰς ἄκρας  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ τ. ἄ. om. T   |   ἄκρας om. G


Or. 128.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: οἱ μὲν δμωσὶν, οἱ δὲ θεάτρῳ, ὃ καὶ κρεῖττον.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν  —F

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 128.07 (thom exeg) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: πρὸς ἑαυτὴν τοῦτο λέγει.  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  She says this to herself.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 128.08 (vet gloss) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: ἴδοι τίς ἄν  —HMnSSaB3a

POSITION: s.l., except marg. B3a

APP. CRIT.:   τι app. B3a   |   ἄν om. HB3a

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original B, perhaps faint trace of a sigma?   |


Or. 128.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἴδῃ τις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.10 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: ἐθεάσατε  —V1

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.11 (rec exeg) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: ἴδετε  —RS

POSITION: s.l. R, marg. S


Or. 128.12 (rec gloss) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: βλέψατε  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: εἴδετε  —Ab

POSITION: marg.


Or. 128.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: καὶ θεάσασθε  —CrMnOxZu

LEMMA: εἴδετε in text Zu, εἴδετ’ Mn, a.c. Cr; ἴδετ’ in text Ox, p.c. Cr       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: ὁρᾶτε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.16 (rec gloss) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: σμικρῶς  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.17 (rec exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: ἐπὶ· π(ερι)ττόν  —V1

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   This apparently means that παρ’ could be glossed with ἐπί (‘to the extent of’?) or considered to be superfluous.

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός


Or. 128.18 (rec exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰς ἄκρας  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.19 (thom exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: 1τὸ παρά τοῦ παρ’ ἄκρας καὶ τὸ ἀπό τοῦ ἀπέθριξε ταὐτόν ἐστι· 2τὸ γὰρ ἄκρας αἰτιατική ἐστιν. 3ἢ γενικὴν νοητέον, ἵν’ ᾖ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου αὐτὰς ἔτεμεν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The ‘para’ of ‘par’ akras’ and the ‘apo’ of ‘apethrixe’ convey the same meaning, for the word ‘akras’ is accusative. Alternatively, one should consider it genitive, so that the sense is ‘she cut them from the tip’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.:   Parts of Zl illegible, last word lost to trimming.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ταυτόν ἐστιν Za   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,6–9


Or. 128.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρ’⟩: ἀπὸ  —ZuB3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨παρ’⟩: ἐξ  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.22 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἄκρας⟩: τῆς  —AbMnSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.23 (vet exeg) ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας: ὡς ἐν τῇ σμικρότητι τῆς ἀφαιρέσεως μηδὲν ἀπολείποι τοῦ ὑγιοῦς.  —MVC

TRANSLATION:   In order that by the small extent of the removal she would not at all fall short of the normal (unspoiled) state (of her hair).

LEMMA: C, 129 ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή V      REF. SYMBOL: (to 129) V      POSITION: intermarg. M

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ δὲ V   |    ἀπολείποι Mastr. (after ἀπολίποι Schw.), ἀπολείπει MC, ἀπολίποιτο V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,1–2; Dind. II.67,2–4


Or. 128.24 (vet exeg) ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας: ὡς ἐν τῇ σμικρότητι τῆς ἀφαιρέσεως μηδὲν ἀπολείπειν τοῦ ὑγιοῦς μηδὲ τῷ κάλλει λυμήνασθαί τι  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   So as, by the small extent of the removal, not at all to fall short of the normal (unspoiled) state (of her hair), nor to cause any damage to her beauty

LEMMA: B (ἄλλως in marg.), ἄλλως ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας Pr

APP. CRIT. 2:   μικρότητι Pr   |   μὴ δὲ BPr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,1–2; Dind. II.67,2–4


Or. 128.25 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅπως  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.26 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: πῶς  —AaKMnXXaXbYYfGGrZZmZuT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   prep. ἢ Zm, καὶ prep. AaMn

COLLATION NOTES:   No cross in TTa, but T may have once had one (there appears to be an erasure here).   |


Or. 128.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι  —AbFMnRRfSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. MnS


Or. 128.28 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπέθρισεν⟩: ἀπεθέρισεν  —OGK

LEMMA: ἀπέθριξε in text GK       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   in O only ε s.l. above θρ to convey this   |    -ισε GK (as in text)   |


Or. 128.29 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπέθρισε⟩: (ἀπέθρι)ξε  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.30 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀπέθρισε⟩: ἀπέκοψε  —Aa2F2RRfSaXXaXbT+YYfGGrB3a

LEMMA: ἀπέθριξε in text GTz       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ψεν R   |


Or. 128.31 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπέθρισε⟩: ἔκοψε  —V1CrMnPrSOx

LEMMA: ἀπέθριξε in text all except V       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. V1CrOx


Or. 128.32 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀπέθριξε⟩: ἀπέτεμε  —AbZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν T   |


Or. 128.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπέθρισεν⟩: ἐθέρισε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.34 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπέθριξε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπομερίσασα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 128.35 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀπέθριξε⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θρίζω θρίξω  —Zm

POSITION: marg.


Or. 128.36 (rec artGloss) ⟨τρίχας⟩: τὰς  —F2MnS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 129.01 (rec gloss) ⟨σώζουσα⟩: ἔχουσα  —AaAbCrMnPrRSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx   |    πάλιν add. Sa


Or. 129.02 (mosch gloss) σώζουσα: φυλάσσουσα  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2F2ZlB3a

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT. 2:   φυλάσουσα Y, φυλάττουσα F2ZlB3a   |


Or. 129.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σώζουσα⟩: περιποιουμένη  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 129.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σώζουσα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔσωσε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 129.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάλλος⟩: αὐτῆς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 129.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάλλος⟩: τὸ πρὶν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 129.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάλλος⟩: πρῶτον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 129.08 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨κάλλος⟩: τὸ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 129.09 (vet exeg) ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή: 1ἤτοι πονηρὰ, ἢ τὰ αὐτὰ φρονοῦσα ἃ καὶ πρότερον· 2τοῦ γὰρ εἶναι εὔμορφος ἐπιμελεῖται. 3ἐλέγχει δὲ αὐτὴν ὅτι οὐδὲ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι σεσωφρόνισται, ἀλλ’ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἤθεσι μεμένηκεν.   —HMBVCAaPrRaRbSa, partial YY2

TRANSLATION:   That is, she is bad, or has the same cast of mind as previously. For she is careful about being beautiful in appearance. And she (Electra) criticizes her (Helen) because not even by her wrongful actions has she been chastened, but she has continued in the same character traits.

LEMMA: B(τ’)AaPrMnSSa, ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι Rb, lemma ἡ πάλαι γυνή MC, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MBRbSa      POSITION: s.l. YY2

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 (ἤτοι om.) πονηρὰ ἢ … φρονοῦσα written by Y, ἃ καὶ … ἐλέγχει αὐτὴν added by Y2   |    1 ἃ καὶ om. Pr   |    2 τοῦτο γὰρ BPr   |    εὔμορφον MCY2; above εὔμορφος something illegible in H (εὐμορφίας?)   |    3 ὅτι οὐδὲ κτλ] om. Y2, ὡς μὴ δέπω[ H, the rest lost   |    οὐδὲν Aa   |    τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασι AaS   |    σεσωφρόνηται AaRa, perhaps a.c. Rb, either this or ‑ησται a.c. Mn   |    αὐτοῖς om. MBCAaPrSa [H]   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φρονεῖσα Pr   |    3 ἐλλέγχει MnS   |    μεμένηκε MCPr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,3–6; Dind. II.67,10–13


Or. 129.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: 1τὸ ‘ἔστιν ἡ πάλαι γυνὴ’ ἢ κατὰ μορφὴν νοητέον, ἡ αὐτή ἐστι καὶ νῦν ἥτις καὶ πρὸ τοῦ τὰς τρίχας ἀποκόψαι καὶ οὐδ’ ὁτιοῦν ἠλλάττωται τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς, 2ἢ κατὰ προαίρεσιν, ὅτι ἡ αὐτή ἐστι καὶ νῦν ἥτις καὶ πρώην καὶ οὐδὲν ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν σεσωφρόνισται.   —ZZaZb(Zl)ZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The phrase ‘she is the same woman of old’ is to be interpreted either in reference to her physical appearance: she is the same woman even now as she was before cutting her hair, and her beauty has not been reduced in the slightest. Or in reference to her approach to life, that she is the same even now as previously and she has not been at all chastened by her troubles.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZl      POSITION: cont. from sch. 128.19 ZmTGu, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT.:   note lost to damage and trimming Zl (ref. symbol at text indicates its original presence)   |    1 ἡ repeated before γυνὴ Gu   |    second ἡ] ἤγουν ZmGu   |    2 σεσωφρόνησται Za, σεσωφρόνηται Z

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,24–28


Or. 129.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔστι δ’⟩: ἥτις ἦν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 129.12 (mosch gloss) ἔστι δ’: οὐκ ἠλλάχθη  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X, καὶ prep. Aa2

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἠλάχθη ZcAa2   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,14


Or. 129.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἥτις ἦν πάλαι γυνὴ  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l. Pr, marg. Ab


Or. 129.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἤγουν πρὸ τοῦ κόπτειν τὰς ἄκρας τρίχας  —AbMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab (cont. from prev.)

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Ab   |    πρὸ τοῦ κόπτειν] προκόπτειν Sa   |    πρὸ] πρὸς S, om. Pr   |    ἄκρας om. Pr


Or. 129.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: πονηρὰ  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 129.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυν⟩: τὰ αὐτὰ φρονοῦσα ἃ καὶ πρότερον  —O

POSITION: marg.


Or. 129.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: τὸ παλαιὸν κακόν  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 129.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: πονηρά· ἤγουν τοιαῦτα φρονοῦσα πονηρά  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 129.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἢ κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν μορφὴν ἢ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον  —B3a

POSITION: marg.


Or. 129.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: τουτέστιν ἡ αὐτὴ τῇ πρώτῃ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 129.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡ πάλαι⟩: καὶ ἡ πρὸ καιροῦ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 129.22 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡ πάλαι⟩: ἡ παλαιὰ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 130.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεοί σε⟩: εἴθε  —V3Aa

POSITION: s.l.; over μισήσειαν V3


Or. 130.02 (thom exeg) ⟨θεοί σε⟩: λάθρα τοῦτο εἶπε.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἶπεν TGu   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,15

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines


Or. 130.03 (rec artGloss) ⟨θεοί⟩: οἱ  —F2SSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 130.04 (rec gloss) ⟨σε⟩: τίνα  —CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Apparently an indication that this is the acc. object; cf. sch. 217.03.


Or. 130.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μισήσειαν⟩: ἄν ποτε  —SSaZu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 130.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μισήσειαν⟩: ἐμίσησαν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 130.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μισήσειαν⟩: μισήσουσιν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 130.08 (tri metr) ⟨μισήσειαν⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 130.09 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὥς⟩: ὅτι  —AaAbCrF2V3KMnPrRSSaOxXXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |


Or. 131.01 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨τόνδε⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V1AaAbCrMnSSaXXaXbT+YYfGGrZZaZlZcOxB3a

POSITION: s.l., cont. from next CrOx

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. V1AaAbMnSa   |


Or. 131.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόνδε⟩: τοῦτον  —CrF2Ox

POSITION: s.l. (with prev. appended CrOx)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 131.03 (vet exeg) πᾶσάν θ’ Ἑλλάδα:  1τὸ κατὰ μέρος εἰποῦσα ἐπήνεγκε τὸ καθόλου·  2ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 1.255–256]· ‘ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες / ἄλλοι τε Τρῶες’.   —MBVCPr, partial H

TRANSLATION:   After mentioning the individual she added the overall group: like Homer, ‘Truly Priam would rejoice, and Priam’s children and other Trojans’.

LEMMA: MBC(δ’)Pr(ἅπασαν), καὶ τόνδε πᾶσάν θ’ ἑλλάδ() V      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      POSITION: marg. H

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὰ κατὰ V   |    2 ὡς κτλ om. H   |    ὡς καὶ ὅμ. BVPr, ὥσμηρος C   |    γηθήσῃ BPr, γηθῆ() V   |    ἄλλοι τε τρῶες om. Pr   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἦ κεν] ἧκε C, ἧκεν V, εἴ κεν Pr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,7–9; Dind. II.67,16–18

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 131.04 (rec gloss) ⟨θ’⟩: καὶ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 131.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨Ἑλλάδ’⟩: τὴν  —F2MnSYf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 131.06 (131–135) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩:  1ἰδοῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὸν χορὸν τῶν Ἀργείων γυναικῶν ἐλθόντα ἐπισκέψασθαι τὸν Ὀρέστην, καὶ φοβηθεῖσα μή πως ἐγεροῦσιν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, διακόψασα τὸν λόγον ὃν περὶ τῆς Ἑλένης ἔλεγε μετὰ λύπης λέγει ‘ὢ τάλαινα ἐγώ’.  2αἱ φίλαι ξυνῳδοὶ, ἤγουν αἱ συνθρηνοῦσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ, αὖ καὶ πάλιν πάρεισι καὶ προσέρχονται, ὡς φαίνεται δὲ ὅτι καὶ πρῶτον ἐκεῖ ὑπῆρχον.  3ἴσως ἠρεμοῦντα τὸν Ὀρέστην μεταστήσουσι καὶ διεγεροῦσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἀπό τε τῆς ὁμιλίας καὶ τοῦ κτύπου τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν·  4ἐπεὶ γὰρ πλῆθος ἦν, θόρυβον ἔμελλε ποιῆσαι εἰσερχόμενον·  5καὶ εἰ ἐγεροῦσιν αὐτὸν, ἐκτήξουσι τὸ ἐμὸν ὄμμα ἐν τοῖς δακρύοις·  6ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔβλεπεν αὐτὸν δαιμονιζόμενον καὶ πάσχοντα, κλαίειν ἔμελλεν ὡς ἀδελφή.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Electra, noticing that the chorus of the Argive women has come to check on Orestes and having become afraid that they will somehow arouse him from his sleep, after breaking off the remark that she was making about Helen, says with anguish ‘o wretched me’. The friendly sharers of (my) song, that is, those who lament with me, again and for a second time are present and approach, and as it seems (‘again’ is used) because previously too they were present there. Perhaps they will disrupt Orestes in his rest and arouse him from sleep by their conversation and the noise of their footsteps. For since it was a large group, it was likely to create a loud noise in entering. And if they will cause him to stir, they will make my eye melt with tears. For since she saw him afflicted by the divinities and suffering, she was likely to cry for him, being his sister.

APP. CRIT.:   2 δὲ not printed by Matt.; perhaps to be deleted   |    3 διεγείρουσι Yf2, corr. Dindorf   |    5 ἐγειροῦσιν Yf2, corr. Matt.

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὠ Yf2   |    3 ἡρεμοῦντα Yf2   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,19–68,2

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf2 with cross.   |


Or. 131.07 (131–139) (pllgn exeg) 1θεασαμένη Ἠλέκτρα τὰς ἐρχομένας γυναῖκας ὡς ἐπ[ι]σκεψομένας ταύτην τε καὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ φοβηθεῖσα μὴ [ὑπὸ] τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν κτύπου ἔξυπνος γέ[νηται ὅτε(?)] ἐν ἠρεμία ἡσύχαζεν, (?)ἔπ[ειτα(?)] πρὸς αὐτὰς εἶπεν·  2ὦ φίλ[αι], μετὰ πάσης ἡσυχίας ἔρχεσθε [καὶ] μηδὲν ὅλως θορυβεῖτε [μηδὲ κτυ]πεῖτε· ἐπειδὴ φιλικῶς [ἔχω] πρὸς ὑμᾶς.  3ἐὰν δὲ ταράξ[ητε τὸν] Ὀρέστην, ὡς ἐχθρὰς ἀφείω(?)[a few letters, or blank?] ὑμᾶς, εἰ ἀπὸ τούτου ἐπ..[   —Zl

TRANSLATION:   Electra, having seen the approaching women, coming to check on her and Orestes, frightened that he might be awakened by the noise of their footsteps [when(?)] he was resting peacefully, then(?) said to them: Friends, approach with utter quiet and do not make any noise at all nor stamp your feet, since I am disposed as a friend toward you. But if you disturb Orestes, I dismiss(?) you as enemies, if from this man/action you/he …

REF. SYMBOL: Zl

COMMENT:   At the end there are traces of two letters after pi, then there should be only a few more letters lost before the end of note, hardly room for a second-person verb plus object; so a third-person verb is perhaps more likely (e.g., ἐπεγ[ερθῇ]?).   |


Or. 131.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩: ἰδοὺ διαλέγεται πρὸς τὰς δμωίδας. —Pr

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 131.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩: ἐν ἤθει ὁ λόγος.  —Zu

TRANSLATION:   The speech (is uttered) with emotion.

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  ἐν ἤθει


Or. 131.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὢ⟩: φεῦ  —CrSaZZaOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 131.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὢ⟩: βαβαὶ —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 131.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαιν’ ἐγὼ⟩: ἀθλία ὑπάρχω  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 131.13 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τάλαιν’⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 132.01 (vet exeg) ⟨αἳ δ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἔρχονται αἱ γυναῖκες ἰδεῖν τὸν Ὀρέστην πῶς ἔχει, καὶ ἐθεάσατο αὐτὰς.  —M

TRANSLATION:   During the pause in delivery the women come to see how Orestes is doing, and Electra caught sight of them.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,10–11; Dind. II.68,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   Schw. ascribes this to C as well as M, but this is a slip. Sch. 131.03 starts at the bottom of 14v and is completed in the first line of 15r, and sch. 140.07 follows it. No interlinear or intermarg. notes are written near 132, and fire has not damaged any notes on this page of C.   |

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   τὸ σιωπώμενον


Or. 132.02 (vet exeg) αἳ δ’ αὖ πάρεισι: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἔρχονται αἱ γυναῖκες ἰδεῖν τὸν Ὀρέστην πῶς ἔχει, καὶ θεασαμένη αὐτὰς ταῦτα φησὶ.  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   During the pause in delivery the women come to see how Orestes is doing, and Electra, having caught sight of them, says this.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B

APP. CRIT.:   ταῦτα om. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,10–11; Dind. II.68,3–4

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   τὸ σιωπώμενον


Or. 132.03 (rec exeg) ⟨αἵδ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: τοῦτο λέγει βλέπουσα τὸν χορὸν ἐρχόμενον.  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   χορὸν om. Sa

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors


Or. 132.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αἵδ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: αὗται πάλιν προσέρχονται.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 132.05 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵδ’⟩: δεικτικῶς —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς


Or. 132.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἵδ’⟩: ἤγουν αἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ γυναῖκες —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 132.07 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵδ’⟩: αὗται  —Ab2CrF2MnROx, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   faint traces in water damage Zl   |   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 132.08 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵδ’⟩: αἱ γυναῖκες  —AbS

POSITION: s.l., over πάρεισι Ab


Or. 132.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨πάρεισι⟩: παραγίνονται  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2Zu

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu   |    V3 app. wrote παρα, but erased it without finishing the word   |    -γίνεται Aa2Y (‑ονται Aa3)   |


Or. 132.10 (thom gloss) ⟨πάρεισι⟩: ἔρχονται  —ZZaZbZmTGuCrOx, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   faint traces in water damage Zl   |    καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 132.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θρηνήμασι⟩: θρήνοις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 133.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨φίλαι⟩: προσφιλεῖς  —Aa2Ab2MnRSSaXXaXbT+YYf2GGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X (with 133.05 appended)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S


Or. 133.02 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φίλαι⟩: αἱ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 133.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ξυνῳδοί⟩: θρηνωδοὶ  —AaAbMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἥγουν prep. Pr


Or. 133.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ξυνῳδοί⟩: συντραγωδοὶ  —MnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 133.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ξυνῳδοί⟩: συνθρηνήτριαι  —V3Aa2FRfXXaXbYYfGrZcZaZlZmZuT*B2/3a

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from 133.01)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. FZu


Or. 133.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξυνωδοί⟩: θρηνήτριαι  —ZZb

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 133.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξυνωδοί⟩: συνθρηνοῦσαι  —GGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 133.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξυνωδοί⟩: καὶ συνθρηνωδοὶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 133.09 (rec gloss) ⟨τάχα⟩: ταχέως  —V3AbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l. except under line Pr


Or. 133.10 (moschThom gloss) ⟨τάχα⟩: ἴσως  —XXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*

POSITION: s.l.; a second instance in marg. X (with 133.15 appended)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 133.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: διεγείρουσιν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 133.12 (rec gloss) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: ἐγείρουσι  —AaAbCrMnPrRSOx

POSITION: s.l. except under line Pr

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σιν R [S]   |


Or. 133.13 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: ἐρχόμεναι δὲ μετὰ ψόφου  —Pr


Or. 133.14 (rec gloss) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: ἐξεγεροῦσι  —GK

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 133.15 (moschThom gloss) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: μετακινήσουσιν  —XXaXbYYfGGrZcZaZbZlZmT*F2

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from 133.10)

APP. CRIT.:   -σι ZaZbZlZmTZc


Or. 133.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: (μεταστήσουσ)ιν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 133.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ὕπνου⟩: ἀπὸ  —Aa3MnSYf2B3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ add. S


Or. 133.18 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ὕπνου⟩: τοῦ  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 134.01 (rec gloss) ⟨τόνδ’ ἡσυχάζοντ’⟩: τὸν ἀδελφόν μου  —AbMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above 133 ὕπνου Pr)

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ (om. μου) Pr


Or. 134.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨τόνδ’ ἡσυχάζοντ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V1SaZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. SaGu


Or. 134.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: τοῦτον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 134.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡσυχάζοντ’⟩: κοιμώμενον  —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 134.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡσυχάζοντ’⟩: ἥσυχον ὄντα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἤσυχον Zu   |


Or. 134.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡσυχάζοντ’⟩: ἠρεμοῦντα  —F2Y2Yf2ZlOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox


Or. 134.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅμμα δ’ ἐκτήξουσ’ ἐμὸν⟩: ἐγὼ θέλω θρηνεῖν.  —B3a

POSITION: marg.


Or. 134.08 (rec artGloss) ⟨ὄμμα⟩: τὸ  —F2MnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν Mn


Or. 134.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: τὸ τήκω ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τῶν †δερμάτων  —Pr

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   Compare Sch. Aesch. Prom. 526b ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τοῦ κηροῦ· τὸ γὰρ τήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ κηροῦ καὶ τῆς χιόνος λέγεται. Perhaps δερμάτων is a corruption of διαρρυέντων, although that would not give a sense with much explanatory force.

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς


Or. 134.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: δαμάσουσι  —AaAbMnPrRSSaZZaZb2ZlTGuY2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SSa   |    δαμάξουσι Ab, δαμα Sa (i.e. δαμά(ξουσι)?)   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σιν MnRSZl   |


Or. 134.11 (mosch exeg) ἐκτήξουσ’: ἐκτακῆναι ποιήσουσιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ διαρρυῆναι  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Ektēxousi’ means) “they will cause to melt’, used in the sense (cause) ‘to flow’.

LEMMA: ἐκτήξουσιν T       POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ διαρ. om. Aa2   |   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν G


Or. 134.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: μέλλουσι δαμάσαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 134.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: ξηραίνουσιν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 134.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: ἐκεῖναι  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 134.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: (ἐκτήξουσ)ιν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 134.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐμὸν⟩: τὸ  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν S


Or. 135.01 (rec gloss) ⟨δακρύοις⟩: ἐν τοῖς —CrF2SYf2Ox, perhaps Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   trace in water damage in Zl   |    τοῖς om. F2S


Or. 135.02 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀδελφὸν⟩: τὸν  —F2MnOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 135.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅταν⟩: καὶ ὁπόταν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 135.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: τὸν ἀδελφὸν  —Y

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 135.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: καὶ θεάσωμαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 135.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ὁρῶ⟩: καὶ βλέπω  —F2MnOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. F2


Or. 135.07 (rec gloss) ⟨μεμηνότα⟩: ὀργιζόμενον  —V1AbMnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. MnS


Or. 135.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μεμηνότα⟩: μαινόμενον  —AaCrFPrZb2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFOx   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   μενό‑ Aa   |


Or. 135.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεμηνότα⟩: καὶ μανικὸν ὄντα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 135.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μεμηνότα⟩: δαιμονιζόμενον  —YYf2Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 136.01 (136–139) (pllgn paraphr) 1προσφωνεῖ τὸν χορὸν μετὰ σιγῆς εἰσέρχεσθαι, λέγουσα·  2‘ὦ φίλταται γυναῖκες, ἐν ἡσύχῳ ποδὶ χωρεῖτε καὶ ὁρμᾶτε ἐνταῦθα καὶ εἰσέρχεσθε.  3μὴ κτυπεῖτε καὶ κτύπον ποιεῖτε, μὴ δὲ ἔστω ἐν ἡμῖν κτύπος.  4ἡ γὰρ σὴ φιλία πρευμενὴς μὲν καὶ προσφιλὴς καί ἀγαπητὴ ὑπάρχει, ἤγουν θέλω ὅπως ἐστὲ ἐνταῦθα καὶ παρηγορεῖτε μοι,  5ἀλλὰ πάλιν ἐὰν εἰσέλθετε καὶ ἐξεγείρετε τοῦτον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, συμφορὰ καὶ θλίψις γενήσεται ἐν ἐμοί’.   —Y2Yf2

APP. CRIT.:   1 προσφωνεῖ … λέγουσα om. Y2   |    3 κτύπος ἐν ἡμῖν transp. Yf2 (ἡμῖν changed to ὑμῖν)   |    4 θέλ() Y2, θέλει Yf2   |    5 ἀλλὰ] καὶ Y2   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 μὴ δ’ Yf2   |

COLLATION NOTES:   No cross Yf.   |


Or. 136.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ φίλταται γυναῖκες⟩: προσεκτικῶς μετὰ ἤθους προενεκτέον τὸν λόγον —VAbMnPrRRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The utterance is to be pronounced attentively (carefully?), with emphasis.

LEMMA: 135 δακρύοις ἀδελφόν V(prep. ἄλλως, half erased)Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION:  s.l. at 136 Pr, s.l. at 135 SSa, s.l. (προσ. μετὰ above 135, ἤθους πρ. above 134) Mn; marg. Ab(beside 133–4)R(beside 134–135)

APP. CRIT.:   μετὰ om. R   |    προενεκτέον V, προσενεκτέον MnPrR(app. ‑ενεγκτέον)RbS, προσεκτέον Sa, app. προσεκτικῶς corr. to ‑κὸς? Ab   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,12–13; Dind. II.68,9–10

COMMENT:   It is unclear to what this observation originally applied (Schw. printed it with V’s lemma 135 δακρύοις ἀδελφόν). Pr seems to reflect the proper position, since ‘attentively’ seems not to apply effectively to anything in 134 or 135, or even to the whole speech from 131 ὦ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ, whereas the comment might reflect a concern that in addressing the chorus and insisting on their not making noise Electra needs to be careful with how she herself speaks (compare the concern in Arg. 2c). On the possible senses of μετὰ ἤθους, see Nünlist 254–256, Kroll 1918.   |   One should also bear in mind that προσεκτικῶς could simply be a corrupt doublet of προσενεκτέον, the common corruption of προενεκτέον.

KEYWORDS:  μετὰ ἤθους


Or. 136.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλταται⟩: καὶ ἠγαπημέναι  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 136.04 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨γυναῖκες⟩:  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 136.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἡσύχῳ ποδὶ⟩: δι’ ἡσύχου ποδός  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ποδός om. TZc


Or. 136.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡσύχῳ ποδὶ⟩: ἤγουν μετὰ ἡσυχίας πορεύεσθε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σθαι Zl


Or. 136.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡσύχῳ⟩: ἐλαφρῷ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 136.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡσύχῳ⟩: καὶ ἀκτύπῳ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 136.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡσύχῳ⟩: ἠρέμῳ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 136.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἡσύχῳ⟩: ἐν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 137.01 (rec gloss) ⟨χωρεῖτε⟩: ὁρμᾶτε  —V1CrF2MnOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrMnOx   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ται Mn   |


Or. 137.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨χωρεῖτε⟩: ἔρχεσθε  —SaZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 137.03 (rec gloss) ⟨χωρεῖτε⟩: εἰσέρχεσθε  —PrY2Yf2Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐνταῦθα add. Zu

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σθαι Zu   |


Or. 137.04 (pllgn exeg) ἐκ παραλλήλου μὴ ψοφεῖτε μὴ δὲ ἔστω κτύπος.  —B2

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου


Or. 137.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ψοφεῖτε⟩: κτυπεῖτε  —AaF2PrXXaXbT+YYfGrZcZZaZlOx

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ prep. F2Y, ἤγουν μὴ prep. Ox, καὶ prep. Pr, γράφεται prep. Aa

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 137.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ψοφεῖτε⟩: ψόφον ποιεῖτε  —Zb2Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Zu


Or. 137.07 (rec gloss) ⟨κτυπεῖτε⟩: ψοφεῖτε  —GMnRf2

LEMMA: κτυπεῖτε in text GMn, a.c. Rf       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   γράφεται μὴ σοφεῖτε (sic) Mn

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 137.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μηδ’ ἔστω κτύπος⟩: μὴ κτυπεῖτε  —Rf2Zb2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Rf2


Or. 137.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔστω⟩: ἀφ’ ὑμῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 137.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔστω⟩: γινέσθω  —GK

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 137.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔστω⟩: καὶ ὑπαρχέτω  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 137.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτύπος⟩: ἦχος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 137.13 (rec gloss) ⟨κτύπος⟩: ψόφος  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 137.14 (rec gloss) ⟨κτύπος⟩: τίς  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   One could print the indefinite here (which scribes sometimes intend even when they place an accent on τις), but it is possible that the interrogative is intended: for the interrogative as gloss marking the case of a word, cf. e.g. sch. 138.15.


Or. 138.01 (rec gloss) ⟨φιλία⟩: προσφιλὴς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 138.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φιλία⟩: ἡ συγκαθεδρία  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 138.03 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨φιλία⟩:  —F2Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 138.04 (tri metr) ⟨φιλία⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 138.05 (vet exeg) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πραεῖα προσφιλὴς πραϋμενής.  —HMC

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘gentle’, ‘friendly’, ‘kindly’.

POSITION: marg. H, intermarg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.:   πραϋμενής om. H

APP. CRIT. 2:   ambig. whether accent πραϋμένης or ‑μενής M   |


Or. 138.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πραεῖα προσφιλὴς εὐμενής.  —VRb

LEMMA: φιλία Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V


Or. 138.07 (rec gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: πραεῖα  —Aa2CrMnRRfSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    πραείαν Mn

APP. CRIT. 2:   πραεία SSa   |


Or. 138.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: πραεῖα καὶ εὐμενής  —OXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa3B2

POSITION: s.l., except X

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. YZc   |    Aa3 adds καὶ ἐυμ. to Aa2’s πραεῖα   |    ὑπάρχει add. G   |


Or. 138.09 (rec gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: εὐμενὴς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 138.10 (thom gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: συμπαθὴς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 138.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: προσφιλὴς  —Y2Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 138.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἀγαπητὴ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 138.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἥμερος  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 138.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ ἐμοί⟩: γρ. ἀλλ’ ὅμως  —Ab

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 138.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμοὶ⟩: τίνι  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 138.16 (rec wdord) word order α (ἐμοὶ), β (γενήσεται), γ (συμφορὰ) —Mn


Or. 139.01 (rec gloss) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην  —AaRfSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τὸν om. Rf


Or. 139.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: τοῦτον  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 139.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξεγεῖραι⟩: ἐξυπνῆσαι  —AbF2MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S


Or. 139.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξεγεῖραι⟩: ἀναστῆσαι  —Y

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀναστῆναι Y

COMMENT:   Emendation is necessary unless the commentator mistakenly believed the compound ἐξεγείρω could be intransitive ‘awaken’ on the basis of the usage of the imperative of the simplex (ἔγειρε = ‘rise up, wake up’).


Or. 139.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐξεγεῖραι⟩: ὑμᾶς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 139.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἐξεγεῖραι⟩: τὸ  —SXXaXbYGGrZcZaZbZlZmZuTB3aOx2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 139.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξεγεῖραι⟩: ἀλλὰ  —PrS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 139.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩: λύπη  —Y2Yf2GuZl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 139.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩: θρῆνος  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 139.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩: καὶ θλίψις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 139.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩: τὶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 139.12 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩:  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 139.13 (tri metr) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 139.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γενήσεται⟩: ἐμοὶ —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 139.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γενήσεται⟩: καὶ ὑπάρξει  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 139.16 (tri metr) coronis  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 140.01 (140–165) (tri metr) [ἡμέτερον:] σῖγα:  0τὰ ἑξῆς ταῦτα εἴδη καλεῖται ἀλλοιόστροφα. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ κατὰ σχέσιν. τῆς παρούσης οὖν στροφῆς τὰ κῶλα ιγʹ. καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς τοσαῦτα. ἐφεξῆς γὰρ κεῖται ἡνωμένη καὶ οὐκ ἐκ διαστήματος.  1τὸ αʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ τροχαϊκοῦ ἰθυφαλλικοῦ καὶ ἰαμβικῆς βάσεως ἐχούσης τὸν αʹ πόδα ἀνάπαιστον.  2τὸ βʹ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος ἀκατάληκτος.  3–4τὸ γʹ καὶ δʹ παιωνικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου.  5τὸ εʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον καθαρόν.  6τὸ ϛʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ καὶ παίωνος γʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. ἐν δὲ τῷ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κώλῳ ἀντίσπαστον ἔχει καὶ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος.  7τὸ ζʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ διιάμβου καὶ μολοττοῦ ἢ κρητικοῦ. τὸ δέ γε τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κῶλον πεντασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν διίαμβον.  8τὸ ηʹ ἐπιωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰωνικοῦ καὶ δύο συλλαβῶν ἀδιαφόρων.  9τὸ θʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς καθαρόν.  10τὸ ιʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ χορείων.  11τὸ ιαʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ὁμοίων ποδῶν.  12τὸ ιβʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ὁμοίων ποδῶν.  13τὸ ιγʹ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ παίωνος δʹ διιάμβου καὶ κρητικοῦ ἢ δακτύλου. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει ἀμφοτέρων παράγραφος.   —T

1140=153 ‒⏑‒⏑‒⏑,⏑⏑‒⏑‒
σῖγα σῖγα, λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης
πῶς ἔχει; λόγου μετάδος, ὦ φίλα
2141=154 ⏓‒⏑‒,⏓‒⏑‒,⏒‒⏑‒
τιθεῖτε, μὴ κτύπεῖτε μηδ’ ἔστω κτύπος
ποίαν τύχαν εἴπω, ποίαν δὲ συμφοράν [with koine short symbol on second ποι]
3142=155 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ἀποπρὸ βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖ
ἔτι μὲν ἐμπνέει
4143=156 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏓‒
σ’ ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας
βραχὺ δ’ ἀναστένει
5144=157 ⏑‒ ‒⏑‒
ἰδοὺ πείθομαι
τί φῄς; ὦ τάλας
6145=158 ⏑‒ ‒ ‒,⏑⏑‒⏑,‒ / ⏑‒ ‒⏑,⏑⏑‒ ‒,‒
ἔα σύριγγος ὅπως πνοὰ
ὀλεῖς, εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις
7146=159 ‒ ‒⏑⏑,⏑‒⏑⏔,‒⏒‒
λεπτοῦ δόνακος, ὦ φίλα, φώνει μοι
ὕπνου γλυκυτάταν φερομένωι χάριν
8147=160 ⏑⏑⏑‒,‒ ‒⏑⏑,⏑‒
ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς ὑπόροφον
μέλεος ἐχθίστων θεόθεν ἐρ
9148=161 ⏑‒⏑‒,‒ ‒ ‒
φέρω βοάν. ναί, οὕτω
γμάτων, τάλας. φεῦ μόχθων
10149=162 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⌒
κάταγε κάταγε, πρόσιθ’ ἀτρέμας
ἄδικος ἄδικα τότ’ ἄρ’ ἔλακεν
11150–163 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑
ἀτρέμας ἴθι· λόγον ἀπόδος ἐφ’ ὅτι
ἔλακεν, ἀπόφονον ὅτ’ ἐπὶ τρίποδι
12151=164 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⌒
χρέος ἐμόλετέ ποτε
Θέμιδος ἄρ’ ἐδίκασε
13152=165 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒⏑‒,‒⏑⏒
χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν ὅδ’ εὐνάζεται
φόνον ὁ Λοξίας ἐμᾶς ματέρος

TRANSLATION:   These following metrical forms (scil. of the whole lyric 140–207) are called ‘consisting of dissimilar strophes’ (scil. divided between two voices into more than two subsections), and they are in responsion as well. Now then, the present strophe has thirteen cola, and those of the antistrophe are the same number. For they are positioned as one sequence in succession and not at a distance. The first colon is compound, formed from a trochaic ithyphallic and an iambic metron with first-foot anapaest. The second colon is an acatalectic iambic trimeter. The third and fourth cola are one-and-a-half-measure paeonic lines consisting of a fourth paeon and iamb. The fifth colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic monometer of pure form. The sixth is a hypercatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. antispastic) kind, composed of a first epitrite and a third paeon and a syllable. But in the corresponding colon of the antistrophe it has an antispast and an ionic a minore (scil. followed by a syllable). The seventh colon is a catalectic ionic a maiore trimeter composed of an ionic, a double iamb, and a molossus or a cretic. The corresponding colon of the antistrophe, however, has its double iamb with five syllables (scil. because of a resolved long). The eighth colon is a brachycatalectic epionic a maiore trimeter composed of a fourth paeon, ionic, and two indifferent syllables. The ninth colon is a pure iambic hephthemimer (i.e., one and three-quarters iambic metra). The tenth is an acatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of chorei. The eleventh is a hypercatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of the same feet (scil. chorei). The twelfth is a brachycatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of the same feet (scil. chorei). The thirteenth is a catalectic ionic trimeter composed of a fourth paeon, double iamb, and a cretic or dactyl. At the end of both (strophe and antistrophe), a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. lost to damage (τρικλινίου in marg. Ta); σῖγα once T (twice Ta)

APP. CRIT.:   8 ἐπι ἰωνικὸν T, ἰωνικὸν Ta

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.10,7–11,2; de Fav. 46

COMMENT:   Triclinius uses the term ἐπιωνικός to refer to a colon in which an ionic measure is preceded by some form of iambic, whereas when an initial ionic is followed by an iambic measure he uses the term ἰωνικός. For the former, see Sch. Soph. Aj. 1199, El. 824 Tessier (first colon in both instances).   |   ἀνομοιόστροφα are defined in Triclinius’ sch. on Hec. 689, where he quotes Hephaestion to the effect that the criterion is the division of the strophe into multiple parts divided between two actors or between an actor and the chorus. If there are only two parts, ἑτερόστροφα is the term applied; if more than two, ἀνομοιόστροφα.

KEYWORDS:  ἀνομοιόστροφα


Or. 140.02 (140–165b) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων ιγʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 140.03 (pllgn exeg) ἐπιπαρόδιον μέλος· εἰσερχόμενος γὰρ ὁ χορὸς ἔλεγε τοῦτο.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   An epiparodian song. For the chorus spoke this while entering.

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   ἐπιπαρόδιος or ‑διον is not extant elsewhere (not in TLG); it is an obvious formation from ἐπιπάροδος, itself attested once in Pollux 4.108 and four times in Tzetzes, de poematum generibus [in Prolegomena de comoedia] 3, lines 43, 96, 109, 177. The meaning given to it here, however, is autoschediastic, since this is neither a re-entry of a chorus that has temporarily left the orchestra (Pollux’s sense) nor the entry of a second chorus after a first chorus has departed (Tzetzes’ mistaken interpretation).

KEYWORDS:  ἐπιπαρόδιον   |   rare word


Or. 140.04 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς ἑαυτὰς αἱ τοῦ χοροῦ γυναῖκες λέγουσιν.  —F

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 140.05 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁ χορός.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 140.06 (pllgn exeg) ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ αὐτό.  —B3a

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου


Or. 140.07 (vet exeg) σῖγα σῖγα:  1ἠρέμα, ἀψοφητὶ καὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας.  2πρόσφορος τῷ πάθει ἡ τοῦ ῥυθμοῦ ἀγωγὴ δοχμιάζουσα.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwbSa, partial Rwa

TRANSLATION:   Quietly, without noise and silently. The melodic sequence of the rhythm, being dochmiac, suits the strong emotion.

LEMMA: B, σίγα σίγα MVCPrRbRwbSa, ἄλλως Rwa      REF. SYMBOL: BVSa      POSITION: follows sch. 144.01 Rwa (15r), follows sch. 122.01 (itself displaced after sch. 149.01) Rwb (16r)

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἠρέμα … ἡσυχίας om. Rwa   |    ἡμέρα M   |    ἀψόφητον MnSa   |    2 προσφόρως VMnRwbSa, προφόρως Rb   |    after πρόσφ. add. δὲ BPr   |    δογματίζουσα MnSa, om. Pr   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἡρέμα V   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,15–16; Dind. II.68,12–13


Or. 140.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: σιγηλῶς ἠρέμα μετὰ σιγῆς βαδίζετε  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 140.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ σιγηλῶς  —L2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 140.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἔστι τὸ σῖγα καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ σιωπηλῶς.  —Zm

LEMMA: σίγα σίγα in text Zm       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   σίγα Zm   |

COMMENT:   Other scholia on tragedy note this equivalence, e.g. sch. vet. Soph. Trach. 813 Xenis σῖγα ἐπιρρηματικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ σιωπηλῶς· τουτέστι, διὰ τί οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ πρὸς τὸν Ὕλλον;


Or. 140.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἐν σιγῇ ἐν σιγῇ  —V1RfB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Rf, om. second ἐν σιγῇ


Or. 140.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἠρέμα ἠρέμα  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   second ἠρέμα om. Ab

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἡρέμα ἡρέμα R   |


Or. 140.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἠρέμα σιωπῇ  —AaMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   σιώπα Sa, σιωπᾶ Mn, om. Aa


Or. 140.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: μετὰ σιγῆς μετὰ σιγῆς ἔρχεσθε δηλονότι.  —GGuZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   second μετὰ σιγῆς om. GZc   |    δηλονότι om. G


Or. 140.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἠρέμα ἀψοφητὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας  —V3Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   μετὰ ἡσυχ. om. V3


Or. 140.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: μετὰ σιγῆς  —AaY2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Aa   |    μετὰ om. Yf2


Or. 140.17 (rec exeg) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἀπὸ παρθένων  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Apparently this is intended to confirm the ascription of 140–141 to the chorus and reject the ascription to Electra.   |


Or. 140.18 (vet exeg) λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ κούφως καὶ ἐλαφρῶς τιθεῖτε τὸν πόδα μετὰ τῆς ἀρβύλης.  2εἰ δὲ γράφεται λευκὸν ἴχνος, ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ ὅλον ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 1.538] ‘ἀργυρόπεζα Θέτις’.   —BPr

TRANSLATION:   Meaning ‘lightly and nimbly place your foot together with the shoe’. And if the reading is (instead) ‘white footprint’, (the adjective is applied with) the whole (indicated) from the part as in ‘silver-footed Thetis’.

LEMMA: ἄλλως ἴχνος ἀρβύλης Pr       POSITION: cont. from 140.07 B, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ om. Pr

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,17–19; Dind. II.68,14–16

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 140.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης⟩: ἤγουν περιφραστικῶς τὸν πόδα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν


Or. 140.20 (mosch exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩:  1εἰ μὲν λευκόν, συνάπτεται τῷ σῖγα σῖγα καὶ λέγεται κατὰ ἀντίπτωσιν οὕτως·  2μετὰ σιγῆς, μετὰ σιγῆς τιθεῖτε τὴν ἀρβύλην τοῦ λευκοῦ ἴχνους ἤγουν τοῦ λευκοῦ ποδός.  3εἰ δὲ λεπτόν, στίζεται μετὰ τὸ σῖγα σῖγα καὶ ἔχει τὸ πᾶν οὕτως·  4μετὰ σιγῆς μετὰ σιγῆς ἔρχεσθε δηλονότι·  5εἶτα λεπτὸν τιθεῖτε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥσυχον τὸ ἴχνος, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν βάσιν, τῆς ἀρβύλης.  6ἔστι δὲ ἀρβύλη εἶδος ὑποδήματος.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   If the reading is ‘leukon’, it is joined with ‘silently, silently’ and the meaning is as follows, with substitution of one case for another: with silence, with silence place the shoe of the white footprint, that is, of the white foot. If the reading is ‘lepton’, there is punctuation after ‘silently, silently’ and the whole is rendered thus: with silence, with silence, come (understood). Then, place (so that it is) subtle, that is, quiet, the footprint, used instead of the step, of the shoe. ‘Arbulē’ is a species of footwear.

LEMMA: σίγα σίγα G

APP. CRIT.:   1 γρ. λευκὸν prep. X   |    συνάπτεται τῷ] συντάσσεται τὸ G   |    σίγα σίγα G   |    3 σίγα σίγα G   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λευ / λευκὸν G   |    3 στήξεται X   |    4 δῆλον ὅτι G   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.68,18–24

KEYWORDS:  variant readings, both explained


Or. 140.21 (rec gloss) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: ἀψόφητον  —MnRfSSa

POSITION: s.l. except Sa below line (last of page)

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. MnS


Or. 140.22 (rec exeg) ⟨λευκὸν⟩: γρ. λεπτὸν, ἤρεμον  —O

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἥρεμον O   |

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 140.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λευκὸν⟩: γρ. λεπτὸν, γυμνὸν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 140.24 (recMosch exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: γρ. λευκὸν.  —KRXXaXbTYYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘lepton’) the reading ‘leukon’ is found.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. KR

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 140.25 (thom gloss) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: ποταπὸν ἥσυχον  —ZZaZbZlZmT

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   ποταπός arose as an alternative spelling of ποδαπός in the 4th c. BCE. Dictionaries tend to treat it exclusively as an interrogative (or exclamatory) word, but the modern Greek ποταπός is an indefinite (of a certain quality, ποιός rather than ποῖος), and this indefinite sense is attested not only in some scholia of Palaeologan date, such as Sch. Hipp. 421 (V3) ἀλλὰ ἐλεύθεροι καὶ ἄλλοι ποταποὶ καὶ εὐκλεεῖς καὶ ἔνδοξοι οἰκεῖεν τῶν ἀθηνῶν τὴν κλεινὴν πόλιν and sch. Mosch. Phoen. 1019 … περὶ μοῦσαν καὶ ᾠδὴν ἄλυρον καὶ κακόμουσον καὶ ἄλλην ποταπὴν Ἐριννὺν οὐλομένην καὶ φθοροποιόν …, but also a few times in earlier vernacular texts, such as vita Aesopi 32,2 Ferrari, and on an ostrakon of ca. 100–120 CE (ἀντίγραψόν μοι οὖν ἠ ἴλεφες ποταπὰ κρέα = ‘write back to me to say whether you have received meat of any kind’), and in grammatical texts cf. ps.-Hdn. Partitiones 133,3 Boissonade τηλίκον, τὸ ποταπόν; also Diogenes of Babylon fr. 20 apud Diog. Laert. 7.56 διάλεκτος δέ ἐστι λέξις κεχαραγμένη ἐθνικῶς τε καὶ Ἑλληνικῶς· ἢ λέξις ποταπή, τουτέστι ποιὰ κατὰ διάλεκτον. In Abel’s old edition of sch. recentiora on Pindar, the word is always treated as interrogative, which makes sense within some kinds of extended paraphrases, but not necessarily in short glosses. (Presumably Abel added the question mark in most or all of these places.) Smyth also printed ποταπός as a question in the Thomano-Triclinian scholia on Prometheus he published. But other editors of tragic scholia recentiora (e.g. Longo on Soph. OT, Massa Positano on Aesch. Pers.) have not done so. I have so far detected no question marks in any Thoman glosses on Euripides. When used in a short gloss, whether it is taken as interrogative or indefinite, ποταπός is perhaps used to indicate that the word glossed is a descriptive adjective (rather than something else, e.g., an adverbial use?). Sometimes it is used alone, and sometimes with a following specific gloss, as here.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 140.26 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: ἥσυχον  —CrGGuOx(Ta)

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 140.27 (thom gloss) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: ἐλαφρὸν  —ZmGuFY2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   λαφρὸν Y2


Or. 140.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: κοῦφον  —B3aGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 140.29 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἴχνος ἀρβύλης⟩: τὸ βάδισμα τοῦ ὑποδήματος  —Sa

POSITION: cont. from gloss 140.21 Sa, below line


Or. 140.30 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: ἴχνος δὲ λέγει τὸν πόδα καὶ ἀρβύλη ἐστὶν εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου κοίλου καὶ βαθέος.  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   By footprint he means the foot, and ‘arbulē’ is a species of women’s footwear that is hollow and deep.

LEMMA: Pr       POSITION: cont. from sch. 140.18 B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,20 app.; Dind. II.68.16–17


Or. 140.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: βάδισμα  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 140.32 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: τὴν βάσιν  —AaGGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν om. Aa


Or. 140.33 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: τὸ  —MnSGGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 140.34 (vet exeg) ἀρβύλης: εἶδος ὑποδήματος κοίλου βαθέος γυναικείου.  —HMOC

TRANSLATION:   Species of hollow, deep women’s footwear.

LEMMA: C       POSITION: s.l. O, intermarg. M, marg. H

APP. CRIT.:   κοίλου βαθέος γυναικείου] γυναικείου κοίλου H, κοίλου γυναικείου O

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111.20


Or. 140.35 (recThom exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου  —PrZZaZbZlZmTOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Arbulē’ is) a type of women’s footwear.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 140.36 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁρμόζειν καὶ βύειν τοὺς πόδας  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Arbulē’ is) a type of women’s footwear, derived from fitting in (‘harmozein’) and stuffing in (‘buein’) the feet.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.68,28–69,2

COMMENT:   See 140.44.

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 140.37 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος  —FRf2Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 140.38 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: ὑποδήματος  —V1GMnRSZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ prep. V1G


Or. 140.39 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: καὶ τοῦ ὑποδήματος ἢ τοῦ ποδὸς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 140.40 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: σανδάλου  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 140.41 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: καλσάρου —Ab

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   The word is not in TLG or LBG or Kriaras. It seems to be a borrowing of the Italian noun ‘calzare’, which means ‘footwear, shoe’. Later Greek had already borrowed κάλτιος from Latin calcei; LBG attests κάλτον, κάλτιον, καλσούνιον, and cf. καλτσόνι and κάλτσα in Kriaras.

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 140.42 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: τῶν ὑποδημάτων  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 140.43 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: καλυγίου  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   This late Greek/Byzantine word is usually spelled καλίγιον or καλήγιον. Spelling with upsilon is attested in sch. rec. anon. Arist. Nub. 719c, 858b Koster.


Or. 140.44 (rec gram) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: παρὰ τὸ ἁρμόζεσθαι τοῖς ποσὶν ἀρμύλη τις οὖσα.  —Pr

POSITION: cont. from sch.140.30 Pr

COMMENT:   Cf. Et. Gen. α 1113 ἀρβύλη· εἶδος ὑποδήματος. λέγεται καὶ παρωνύμως· Θεόκριτος (7, 26)· πᾶσα λίθος πταίουσά ποτ’ ἀρβυλίδεσσιν ἀείδει· παρὰ τὸ ἁρμόζεσθαι τοῖς ποσὶν ἁρμύλη καὶ ἀρβύλη; whence Et. Magn., etc.

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 140.45 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: διὰ τῆς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 140.46 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: μετὰ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 140.47 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: τῆς  —V3MnSGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 141.01 (vet exeg) τιθεῖτε:  1ποιητικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ τιθῶμεν.  2εἰσελήλυθε δὲ ὁ χορὸς κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἔσω.   —HBVCAbMnPraRbRwSSaa, partial AbPrbSab

TRANSLATION:   (The second-person imperative is used) poetically, instead of ‘let us place’. And the chorus has come inside according to the assumed scenario.

LEMMA: B(ἄλλως in marg.)VRw, ἀλλὰ τιθεῖτε Pr, τιθεῖτε τιθεῖτε Rb, τιθεῖτε μὴ κτυπεῖτε C      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: s.l. AbMnSSaa; marg. HPrb; beneath the line (in lower margin) Sab

APP. CRIT.:   1 ποιητικῶς … τιθῶμεν om. Prb   |    ποιητικῶς om. Saa   |    τοῦ om. CSaa   |    θῶμεν MnRbSaaSab   |    2 εἰσελήλυθε κτλ om. Ab, om. or lost to damage Sab   |    δὲ] γὰρ Saa, om. S   |    κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθ.] VMnPrRb, om. H, κατὰ ὑπόθεσιν others   |    ἔσω] ἔνδον BPr, om. MnSSaaPrb, perhaps correctly   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰσελύληθε Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,21–22; Dind. II.69,3–4

COMMENT:   Both καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν and κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν are common expressions. The former is the more common, used especially in philosophers, medical and scientific writers, and writers on rhetoric, where it means ‘by assumption’ or ‘assuming for the sake of argument’ (see the example of καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν τὸ σχῆμα in sch. 288.07). With the article the phrase means ‘in accordance with the assumption already made’ or, in reference to staging, the scenario assumed by the playwright/director in presenting the action. That seems to be the sense here, as also in sch. Med. 112 κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν εἰσῆλθον οἱ παῖδες, ἡ δὲ πρεσβῦτις οὖσα ἔξωθεν ἐπιστενάζει, sch. Alc. 233 οὐκ εὖ· κατὰ γὰρ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ὡς ἔσω πραττόμενα δεῖ ταῦτα θεωρεῖσθαι.   |   Unless ἔσω/ἔνδον is a secondary addition, this note reflects the view that Orestes and Electra are actually to be imagined to be indoors, probably because of ὑπώροφον in 147, the meaning of which was much disputed: compare the gloss ὑπόσκηνον of V1 (147.37). Without ἔσω, εἰσελήλυθε δὲ ὁ χορός would simply have its standard meaning ‘the chorus has made its entrance (into the orchestra)’.

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   ὑπόθεσις (assumed scenario)


Or. 141.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: ποιητικῶς θῶμεν  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 141.03 (rec gloss) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: τιθῶμεν  —V3FMnGu

POSITION: s.l.; in V this is beside and above supralinear variant τιθεῖτε of V

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἂς prep. V3, ἀς prep. Mn

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 141.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: σποκεῖτε  —Y

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 141.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: ποιεῖτε  —XXaXbTY2YfGrZuAa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 141.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: ποίει  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 141.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: τίθεσθε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 141.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: καὶ τιθεῖτε ἥσυχον τὸ ἴχνος  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 141.09 (rec gloss) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: τὸ τοῦ ἴχνους  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 141.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: ὦ πρόμοι καὶ ὦ βοηθοί  —Yf2

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   This is a rather mysterious annotation: why should Electra be thought to be addressing the chorus, in this situation, as ‘champions and helpers’? The note was written next to 141 when the margin was still empty, and other scholia were added later around it, so it is unlikely to belong to 136 φίλταται.

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf without cross.   |


Or. 141.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ψοφεῖτε⟩: γρ. τιθεῖτε  —VV1K

LEMMA: ψοφεῖτε in text VK       POSITION: s.l.; above 140 (first) σίγα V1

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. VV1   |    τιθέστε (sic) V1 (later crossed out)

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 141.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μὴ κτυπεῖτε⟩: μὴ ἠχεῖτε  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 141.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτυπεῖτε⟩: καὶ κτύπον ἀποτελεῖτε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 141.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτυπεῖτε⟩: γράφεται ψοφεῖτε —Aa

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 141.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔστω⟩: καὶ ὑπαρχέτω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 141.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κτύπος⟩: τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 142.01 (mosch exeg) 1ἄπωθεν τῆς κοίτης ἐπιτείνατε εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν τὴν πορείαν.  2ἄπωθεν κατ’ ἐπίτασιν τῆς εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν πορείας.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Far off from the bed extend your movement forward. ‘Far off’ is used to exaggerate the movement forward.

POSITION: s.l. except XT

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἄπωθεν τῆς κοίτης om. G   |    2 ἤγουν add. before ἄπωθεν T

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἄποθεν X   |    2 ἄποθεν G   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,5–7


Or. 142.02 (pllgn exeg) ἰδοῦσα ταύτας ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἐρχομένας πρὸς τὴν στρωμνὴν τοῦ Ὀρέστου λέγει πρὸς αὐτάς· ἄπο καὶ μακρὰν πρόβατε καὶ ἐξέλθετε ἐκεῖσε καὶ ἀπεκεῖ, ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῆς στρωμνῆς μακρὰν καθίσατε. —Yf2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,2–5

COMMENT:   ἀπεκεῖ/ἀπέκει is a vernacular word not attested in other scholia currently in TLG.

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 142.03 (vet exeg) ἀποπρὸ βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖσ’:  1τὸ ὁλόκληρον τούτου τινές φασι τὸ ἀπόπροθι,  2καὶ παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικὸν οὕτως ἐξεδέχοντο [Il 7.334] ‘τυτθὸν ἀποπρὸ νεῶν’.   —MBVCPrRbRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   Some say that the full version of this word (‘apopro’) is ‘apoprothi’, and they interpreted it thus in line with the Homeric passage ‘a little distant from (‘apopro’) the ships’.

LEMMA: M(ἄποπρο βάτ’ ἐκεῖσε)B(ἄποπρο βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖσε)C(ἄπο πρόβατ’ ἐκεῖσε), ἄλλως· ἀπόπρο μοι VRw, ἄποπρο βᾶσ’ ἐκεῖσε Pr      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: s.l. H; after sch. 142.04 VRbRw

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ὁλόκληρον written twice Rw   |    τινὲς τούτου transp. H(τοῦτο)BPr, τινές om. VRw   |    φασὶ τινὲς transp. Rb   |    second τὸ om. HBVPrRb, καὶ Rw   |    ἀπόπροθεν Rw   |    2 καὶ παρὰ κτλ om. H   |    τὸ add. before παρὰ BRw, p.c. Pr, τῶ add.V, a.c. Pr, τοῦτο add. Rb   |    παρὰ τὸ ὁμηρικὸν MC, παρὰ τῷ ὁμήρῳ BPrRw, παρ’ ὁμήρῳ VRb   |    οὕτως om. VRbRw   |    ἐξεδέχοντο VRb, ἐδέχοντο MC, ἐξεδέχετο Rw, ἐκδέχονται BPr   |    τυτθὸν om. C   |    ἀπόπρο νεῶν] ἀπρόπ(ον) τε Pr   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὀλόκλ. Rb    |    2 ἀπόπρο B, ἀπὸ προ RbRw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,23–25; Dind. II.69,8–10

COMMENT:   With some uncertainty, I print what is close to the version of MC on the assumption that B often presents a superficially ameliorated version of a corrupt or misunderstood text. In the B version the postponement of the quotation after the verb is troubling, although this could have resulted from the re-addition of the quotation to a shortened version that dispensed with it. Furthermore, M’s abbreviation for παρὰ τὸ (πτ with αο above the two letters) is one the scribe does not use very often and is likely to have been derived from a heavily abbreviated old source, so that παρὰ τὸ is less likely to be the transposition of an original τὸ παρὰ.   |

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 142.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄποπρο βᾶτ’⟩: ἐπιτείνατε τὴν πορείαν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 142.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἄποπρο⟩: σκόπ(ει) τὰς προθέσεις  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 142.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἄπο⟩: μακράν  —AbF2MnRSSaZZaZbZlZmZuTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S


Or. 142.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἄπωθεν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 142.08 (rec gloss) ⟨προβᾶτ’⟩: πορεύθητε  —AaAbCrFMnPrSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFOx   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   πρεύθητε a.c. Ab   |


Or. 142.09 (rec gloss) ⟨προβᾶτ’⟩: προέλθετε  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 142.10 (thom gloss) ⟨προβᾶτ’⟩: ἔλθετε  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 142.11 (pllgn etaGloss) ⟨πρόβατ’⟩: πρόβητε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 142.12 (tri metr) ⟨πρόβατ’⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 142.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκεῖσ’⟩: δεικτικὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς


Or. 143.01 (vet paraphr) ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας: πόρρω μοι καὶ χωρὶς τῆς κοίτης γίνεσθε —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   For my sake, please get far from and apart from the bed.

LEMMA: V(κοίτης)Rw, ἀποπρόβατε MnRb(ἀποπροβάτε)Sa(ἄπο πρόβατε), lemma 145 σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά MC      REF. SYMBOL: VSa, to 145 σύριγγος M      POSITION: precedes 142.03 VRbRw; follows sch.144.01 in MC; intermarg. B, s.l. Pr

APP. CRIT.:   σύριγγος prep. MC   |    πόρρω … κοίτης om. MC    |    καὶ χωρὶς om. Pr   |    γίνεσθε] om. BPr, ἀντὶ τοῦ γίνεσθαι M, ἀντιγίνεσθε C   |    after γίν. add. τὸ δὲ ὁλόκληρον τινὲς ἀπόπροθι VMnRbRwSa (φασὶ τινὲς MnRbSa, ἀπόπροθοι VMnRw) (from 142.03)   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   πόρρω] χωρ changed to πρόρο, then corr. to πρόρρο Mn   |    γίνεσθαι MMnRb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,26; Dind. II.69,5–6


Or. 143.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας⟩:  1διαθέσεως δέ ἐστιν ἐμφαντικὸν τὸ μοι,  2ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 19.287] ‘Πάτροκλέ μοι δειλῇ πλεῖστον’.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   The (dative pronoun) ‘to/for me’ is expressive of a disposition (of interest or concern), as (seen in) the example ‘Patroclus to wretched me most (beloved)’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 145.09 BPr (Prb version of 145.09), cont. from prev. others

APP. CRIT.:   1 διαλέξεως Sa   |    δὲ] om. Sa, γὰρ Pr, δὲ ἀπήχησίς MC   |    ἐστιν om. BVMnPrRbRwSa   |    ἐμφαντικῶς MVCRw   |    2 after ὡς τὸ add. συρίγξεως MC   |    δειλῇ πλεῖστον om. Sa   |    δειλοὶ MV, δηλοῖ MnPrRw, δηταὶ app. Rb   |    πλεῖστον om. BPr   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πόρο corr. to πόρρο Mn, after starting to write χώρις   |    2 πάτροκλ’ ἐμοὶ B, πρόκλε μοι Pr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,26–112,2; Dind. II.69,6–7

COMMENT:   The interpolated words in this and the previous sch. in MC, along with the incorrect lemma in MC, point to a strange conflation with elements of 145.08 and/or 145.09 (and note the placement after 145.09 in BPr).


Or. 143.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόπρο μοι⟩: ἕνεκεν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 143.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄπο πρό⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπόπροθι  —ORf

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rf   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπόπροτι Rf, corr. Rfr   |


Or. 143.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: πόρρω  —AbMnRSSaZb2

LEMMA: ἀπόπροθι in text MnSSaZb2       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   πόρρωθι Sa   |


Or. 143.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: μικρὸν τι ὑποχωρήσατε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 143.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: μακρόθεν μικρὸν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 143.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: καὶ μακράν  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 143.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: ἄποθεν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 143.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: ἤτοι ἄπο τῆς κοίτης  —V1

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   γίνεσθε πόρρωθεν add. V3


Or. 143.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: πρὸ τῆς κοίτης ἔξω μοι  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 143.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπόπροθι⟩: γράφεται ἀπόπρο μοι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 143.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόπροθι⟩: ἐκεῖθεν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 143.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόπροθι⟩: καὶ ἀποχωροῦντες πόρρω  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -χορ‑ Zu


Or. 143.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μοι⟩: μου  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 143.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μοι⟩: τὸ μοι δηλοῖ τὴν οἰκειότητα, ἤτοι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου.  —F

POSITION: marg.


Or. 143.17 (rec etaGloss) ⟨κοίτας⟩: κοίτης —AbRS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 143.18 (rec artGloss) ⟨κοίτας⟩: τῆς  —FS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 144.01 (vet exeg) ἰδοὺ πείθομαι:  1τοῦτο εἰκὸς ὀξύτερον εἰρηκέναι τὸν χορὸν, διὸ καὶ Ἠλέκτρα περιδεὴς γενομένη εἶπεν ‘ἆ ἆ’.  2φυσικῶς δὲ τὸ ἆ ἆ εἶπε πρῶτον ἐπειδὴ καὶ αὕτη ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως πρώτη φωνὴ εὕρηται.  3ἀμέλει γοῦν, ἐπειδὰν πλῆθός τι θεάσηται παράδοξον, εὐθὺς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἀναβοᾷ ἢ τὸ ἆ ἆ τῆς φύσεως ἀγούσης ἐπὶ τοῦτο.  4εἶτά φησι πρὸς τὸν χορόν·  5τοιαύτην πέμπε φωνὴν οἷός ἐστιν ὁ ἦχος σύριγγος καλάμων λεπτῶν ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσιν ἀποτελούμενος.  6οὐ γὰρ τὸ ὄργανον τῆς σύριγγός φησι·  7τοῦτο γὰρ πολύφωνον ὂν καὶ Ἐνδυμίωνα ἐγεῖραι δύναιτ’ ἄν.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa, partial Ra

TRANSLATION:   It is probable that the chorus said this rather shrilly, and for this reason in fact Electra, becoming fearful, said ‘ah ah’. In a natural way she said ‘ah ah’ first since in fact this was the first sound/vowel discovered by nature. Certainly, at any rate, whenever a throng catches sight of something unexpected it immediately shouts out nothing other than ‘ah ah’, nature leading it to this expression. Next, Electra says to the chorus: emit such voice as is the sound of a whistling (syrinx) of slender reeds that is created in marshes. For what she means here is not the musical instrument of the syrinx, for this, being many-voiced, would be able to awaken even Endymion.

LEMMA: MVCMnPrRbSa, ἆ ἆ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MVRbSa      POSITION: cont. from sch. 142.03 B, prep. τὸ δὲ ἰδοὺ πείθομαι

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 τοῦτο εἰκὸς … ἐπὶ τοῦτο om. Ra   |    1 τοῦτο] om. B, ταῦτ’ Rb, τοῦτο δὲ Pr   |    εἰκὸς] εἰρηκὼς C   |    εἰρηκέναι om. Rb   |    χορὸν] χορνὸν Rb, χρόνον Mn   |    καὶ ἡ ἠλ. VC   |    παραδεὴς Rb, πεδεὴς M   |    γινομένη MRb   |    τὸ ἆ ἆ] τοῦτο BPr   |    2 φυσικῶς … εἶπε om. MnSa   |    πρῶτον εἶπεν transp. BVPr(πρώην)Rb   |    ἐπειδὴ] ἐπεὶ Mn   |    αὕτη] αὐτη app. M, αὐτὴ MnRbSa   |    ὑπὸ τ. φύσ. πρ. φώνη] πρ. ὑπὸ τ. φύσ. φωνὴ transp. VMnRbSa   |    πρώτη MnSa (cf. H 144.02), πρῶτον others   |    φωνὴ] φυσικὴ Pr   |    εἴρηται MnRbSa   |    3 γοῦν] οὖν V   |    ἐπειδὴ VMnRbSa   |    πλῆθος om. BPr   |    τι θεάσηται] τι θεάσηταί τις B, τις θεάσηται τι Pr, τεθέαται VMnRbSa   |    παραδόξων MC, ‑ξως VMnRbSa   |    ἆ once Rw   |    εἰς τοῦτο Sa   |    4 εἶτα] ἡλέκτρα Ra   |    χορὸν] χρόνον Rb   |    5 τοιαύτην πέμπε φώνην] οὕτω φώνει μοι MnRaSa, τοιαῦτα πέμπε μοι Rb   |    πέμπει M, πέμπε μοι V   |    ὁ om. BVMnPrRbRwSa   |    ἕλεσιν] σέλεσιν M, ἕλλησιν MnPrRaRbSa   |    6 τῆς σύριγγος] σύριγγα BPr   |    φησι om. Mn   |    7 γὰρ] γοῦν Pr   |    ὂν om. MBCPrRw   |    τὸν add. before ἐνδυμ. BVMnPrRaRbRw   |    δύνατ’ ἄν Rb, δυνάμενον MBCPrRw   |    at end add. ὁ ἐνδυμίας γὰρ ἐκοιμᾶτο χρόνους ξαʹ (or ξδʹ?) Sa   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἂ ἂ C, ἁ̅ ἁ̅ V   |    2 ἂ ἂ C, ἁ̅ ἁ̅ V   |    3 ἂ ἂ C, app. α̅ α̅ V   |    5 ἐστὶν initially om. by Pr (began ἦ(χος)), but immediately corrected self   |    7 πολλύφωνον Mn   |    τὸν ἐνδυμίονα δυμίαν Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,3–11; Dind. II.69,11–19

COMMENT:   I have found no parallel for specifying a particular number of years that Endymion slept, as is found in the added final phrase in Sa, ‘for Endymion slept for 61 (or 64?) years’.   |

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines


Or. 144.02 (vet exeg) 1τοῦτο εἰκὸς ὀξύτερον εἰπεῖν τὸν χορὸν, διὸ καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα περιδεὴς γενομένη εἶπεν ‘ἆ ἆ’.  2φυσικῶς αὕτη εἶπεν ἐπειδὴ πρώτη φωνὴ ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως εὕρηται.   —H

TRANSLATION:   It is probable that the chorus said this rather shrilly, and for this reason in fact Electra, becoming fearful, said ‘ah ah’. In a natural way she said (this) since it was discovered by nature as the first sound/vowel.

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES:   2 perhaps φυσικῶς δὲ αὕτη H check new images when available; εὕρηται] mostly obscured by overlying text, check new images.   |

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines


Or. 144.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: ὡς φαίνεται ὀξύτερον ἐφώνησε τοῦτο.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 144.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: τοῦτο μετὰ βοῆς.  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 144.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: τοῦτο ὀξυφώνως εἴρηκεν ὁ χορὸς. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 144.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: βλέψον ὅτι πείθομαι ἀρτίως  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 144.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ⟩: ἢ θέασαι ἢ νῦν  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (To be interpreted as) either (imperative) ‘observe’ or (adverbial) ‘now’.

LEMMA: ἰδου with both grave and circumflex in text Zm, Gu adds circumflex to ἰδοὺ of Gr       POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,9


Or. 144.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πείθομαι⟩: ὑπακούω σοὶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.01 (mosch exeg) ἆ ἆ: ἐπίρρημα ἐφεκτικόν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcB3b

TRANSLATION:   Adverb expressive of blocking/stopping.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X and marg. B3b

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπίρρημα om. B3b   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐφετικόν Y   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,10

COMMENT:   Same Moschopulean annotation at 275.03, and again at Or. 1598. The expression is found several times in the younger scholia on Aristophanes. Sch. Mosch. Hec. 1069 has ἐπιφώνημα ἐφεκτικόν (‘interjection expressing blocking/stopping’), which is also attested in the Moschopulean Sch. Soph. OT 1147–48 Longo.


Or. 145.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐπιφωνητικὸν ἐπίρρημα τὸ ἆ. —B3a

TRANSLATION:   ‘Ah’ is an adverb used in interjection.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The word is attested only in Byzantine authors. Eust. in Il. 2.112 (I.289,23–26) applies λέξις ἐπιφωνητική to νήπιος and σχέτλιος; see also Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.204 μέγ’· διὰ μέσου ἐπιφωνητικοῦ (on the phrase τραφερὴν δὲ μέγ’ ἐχθαίρουσιν ἄρουραν), apparently claiming that μέγ’ does not modify ἐχθαίρουσιν as an adverb (read ἐπιφωνητικόν?).

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 145.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩:  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐπιτιμητικὸν  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l. V3; marg. Y


Or. 145.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν ἐπίρρημα  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  An adverb expressing astonishment.

LEMMA: ἆ` ἆ` in text Zm       POSITION: s.l.; added to Gr gloss 145.01 Gu, prep. ἢ

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπίρρημα om. Gu

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu adds this to Gr’s gloss 145.01   |

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως


Or. 145.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩:  1τὸ ἆ δηλοῖ θορύβησιν τοῦ νοὸς, καὶ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν.  2διαφέρει δὲ τοῦ ὦ ὅτι τὸ μὲν ὦ ἔστι ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς· ὦ σύ, τὸ δὲ ἆ ψυχῆς τεθολωμένης σημεῖον.   —F

TRANSLATION:   The (exclamation) ‘ah’ indicates a disturbance of the mind, and reproach or indignation. It differs from ‘o’ because ‘o’ is the sign of a soul free of emotion (as in) ‘hey, you’, but ‘ah’ a sign of a soul that is roiled.

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   νοός is a late gen. form of νοῦς; the juncture ψυχὴ τεθολωμένη is found a few times in Iamblichus and Christian authors.   |    Cf. Eust. in Il. 11.441 (III.230.2–6) ἐν δὲ τῷ ‘ἆ δειλέ’, ὅ ἐστιν ‘ὦ δείλαιε’, κλητικὸν ἐπίρρημά ἐστι τὸ ἆ ἢ μᾶλλον προσφωνητικόν. διαφέρει δὲ τῆς διὰ τοῦ ω προσφωνήσεως, ὅτι τοῦτο μὲν ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς, τὸ δὲ ἆ πάθος ταραχῶδες δηλοῖ ψυχικόν, ὡς ἔστιν εὑρεῖν πολλαχοῦ, οἷον ἢ σχετλιασμὸν ἢ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, ἢ ἔλεον, ὡς κατωτέρω ἐν τῷ ‘ἆ δειλέ, οὐ μέν σοί γε πατήρ’ καὶ ἑξῆς. Cf. Eust. in Il. 17.201 (IV.38.17–21); Eust. was presumably the source of Sch. Aesch. Prom. 566b Herington (NcPPdXc) ἆ ἆ] τὸ ‘ἆ’ κλητικὸν ἐπίρρημά ἐστιν, ἢ μᾶλλον προσφωνηματικόν. διαφέρει δὲ τῆς διὰ τοῦ ‘ὦ’ προσφωνήσεως ὅτι τοῦτο μὲν ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς, τὸ δὲ ‘ἆ’ πάθος ταραχῶδες δηλοῖ ψυχικόν· οἷον ἢ σχετλιασμὸν ἢ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν.

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   |   διαφέρει


Or. 145.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἔα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

LEMMA: ἔα in text (for ἆ ἆ) T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 145.08 (vet paraphr) ⟨σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά⟩: ἀπήχησις συρίγξεως.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The echoing sound of a whistling.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπηχήσεως M

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,12; Dind. II.70,12


Or. 145.09 (vet exeg) σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά:  1ἀθορύβως φώνει μοι, ὡς πνοὴ συρίγξεως δόνακος.  1οὐ γάρ φησι σύριγγος τοῦ αὐλοῦ·  3οὗτος γὰρ καὶ Ἐνδυμίωνα ἂν ἐγείραι.   —HMBVCPraRw, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   Speak to me without disturbing noise, like the breath of the whistling of a reed. For she (or he, the poet) does not mean by syrinx the aulos. For this would awaken even Endymion.

LEMMA: CRw, σύριγγος ὅπως BPra(ἄλλως prep.), ἄλλως in marg. MBC, λεπτοῦ δόνακος V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: marg. H; after sch. 143.02 MC, after 162.24 Prb

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὕτως prep. V   |    after ἀθορύβως add. φησι BPraPrb   |    μοι ὡς] ὥσπερ H   |    πνοὴ] φωνὴ V   |    συρίγξεως om. H   |    2–3 οὐ γὰρ κτλ om. Prb   |    οὐ γὰρ … σύριγγος τοῦ] μὴ τ(οῦ) or μὴ γ(ὰρ)(?) H   |    3 οὕτως γὰρ M   |    καὶ om. Pra   |    ἂν ἐγείραι Schw., ἂν ἐγεῖραι δύναται M, ἐγεῖραι δύναται C, ἀνεγείρει B, ἀνεγάρει Rw, ἐγείρει app. H, ἤγειρεν V, ἐγείλει Pra   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φωνεῖ C   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,13–15; Dind. II.70,12–14

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new image of H when available.   |


Or. 145.10 (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν ἀθορύβως φώνει μοι ὡς φωνὴ σύριγγος ἀπὸ καλάμου γινομένη.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l. over 146 Y2


Or. 145.11 (rec exeg) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: δόνακος, οὐ τοῦ αὐλοῦ  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά⟩: συνεκδοχικῶς  —B3a

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   That is, using whole for part, saying syrinx when only a single reed is meant.   |

KEYWORDS:  synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν


Or. 145.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: σύριγξ αὐλὸς κατασκευάζεται ἀπὸ λεπτοῦ καλάμου ὦτινι χρῶνται οἱ ποιμένες καὶ ἕτεροι.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.


Or. 145.14 (rec gloss) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: αὐλοῦ  —AaPrY

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: δόνακος  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: συριγμοῦ  —V3F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps συριγμοῖ V3   |


Or. 145.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: ἡσύχου  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.18 (rec artGloss) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: τῆς  —SZu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.19 (tri metr) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 145.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅπως⟩: καθώσπερ  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.21 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὅπως⟩: καθὰ  —V3AaPrXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep V3


Or. 145.22 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὅπως⟩: ὥσπερ  —V3AbCrFMnRSSaOxZZaZlTGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 145.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅπως⟩: (ὅπωσ)περ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.24 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὅπως⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὄντως ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The equivalence of ὄντως to ὅπως is not obvious and seems not be to attested elsewhere; perhaps this was a teacher’s way of glossing ὅπως introducing an independent clause with the future indicative.


Or. 145.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πνοὰ⟩: γενομένη  —V3Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.26 (rec gloss) ⟨πνοὰ⟩: φωνή  —SZl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πνοά⟩: ὁ ἦχος καὶ ἡ κίνησις  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πνοὰ⟩: ἀπηχητικῶς  —B3b

POSITION: marg.


Or. 145.29 (thom gloss) ⟨πνοὰ⟩: ἀπήχησις  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.30 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨πνοά⟩: πνοή  —SSaXXaXbYYfTZcZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.31 (rec artGloss) ⟨πνοά⟩:  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 145.32 (pllgn gram) ⟨πνοὰ⟩: μέριζε τὴν φωνὴν εἰς τὴν διαφώνησιν ἢ εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν φωνὴν  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Divide (the senses of) ‘phōnē’ into the sound or the voice itself.

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT. 2:   μερίζε V3   |

COMMENT:   For διαφώνησις see DGE and LBG s.v.

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 146.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτοῦ δόνακος⟩: δηλωτικὸν τοῦ προτέρου ἤγουν τῆς σύριγγος  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 146.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨λεπτοῦ δόνακος⟩: ἡ γενομένη διὰ τοῦ  —MnSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ and τοῦ om. Mn


Or. 146.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λεπτοῦ⟩: †λεγομένου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Probably an anagrammatic corruption of γενομένη, with adjustment of the case. Alternatively, from λέγω (cf. 146.08), indicating that λεπτοῦ δόνακος is in apposition to σύριγγος.   |


Or. 146.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨λεπτοῦ⟩: ἀπὸ  —XXaXbYYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 146.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨λεπτοῦ⟩: τοῦ  —F2S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 146.06 (thom exeg) δόνακος:  1δόναξ κάλαμος λεπτὸς ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσι φυόμενος.  2τινὲς δὲ φασὶ τὸ λεγόμενον ἰδιωτικῶς ῥαγάζιον, οὐ καλῶς λέγοντες.  3οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ τούτου σύριγξ γίνεται.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu, partial Ox2

TRANSLATION:  ‘Donax’ is a slender reed growing in marshes. Some people say (it is) what is called in the vernacular ‘rhagazion’, not speaking correctly. For a syrinx is not made from this (plant).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἕλλησι ZbZl   |    φυόμνος om. Zl   |    2–3 τινὲς δέ κτλ om. Ox2   |    2 δὲ om. Gu   |    τὸ λεγόμενον perhaps om. Zl    |

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἄριγξ Zb, σύριξ Zm   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,15–17

COMMENT:   ῥαγάζιον is also attested in Sch. rec. Arist. Ran. 243–244a Chantry φλέως: εἶδος ῥαγαζίου; see LBG s.v.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 146.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόνακος⟩: δόνακα ἐνταῦθα τὸ παπύριον φησὶ.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 146.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόνακος⟩: λέγω καλάμου  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 146.09 (recTri gloss) ⟨δόνακος⟩: καλάμου  —Ab2CrF2OxT

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |


Or. 146.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δόνακος⟩: καλαμίου  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 146.11 (rec gloss) ⟨ὦ φίλα φώνει⟩: ὦ φίλαι  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 146.12 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 146.13 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: φίλη  —RfZcZuTGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 146.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: Δωρικὸν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 146.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨φώνει μοι⟩: πρὸς τὴν πληθὺν λάλει.  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.; S has this earlier in line, above δόνακος ὦ φίλα


Or. 146.16 (rec gloss) ⟨φώνει⟩: λάλει  —Ab2F2RZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   κάλει Ab2   |    add. μοι R


Or. 146.17 (tri gloss) ⟨φώνει⟩: λέγε  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 146.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φώνει⟩: οὕτως  —GuZu

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Mn at bottom of fol. 12r, below 146, last line οφ παγε, has the proverb ἀετοῦ γῆρας κορύδου νεότης.   |


Or. 147.01 (vet exeg) ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαῖον ὡς ὑπόροφον:  1μικρὸν σὺ, φησὶ, κελεύεις με φωνεῖν, ὡς ψιθυρίζει τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου πνοῇ κάλαμος·  2ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἐλάττονα τούτου φέρω βοὴν ὡς ὑπὸ ὀρόφου γινομένην.  3ὁ δὲ ὄροφος κάλαμός ἐστιν ἀσθενής τε καὶ λεπτὸς καὶ παπυρώδης,  4οὗ μέμνηται καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 24.451]· ‘λαχνήεντ’ ὄροφον λειμωνόθεν ἀμήσαντες’.  5ἐκ τούτων δέ εἰσι καὶ αἱ γλωσσίδες τῶν αὐλῶν.  6ὡς ἀσθενὴς δὲ ἀσθενῆ ποιεῖται τὴν ἀπήχησιν τῷ μὴ ἀνθίστασθαι τῇ βίᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος.   —MBVCMnPrRaRb1RwSSa, partial ORb2Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   You bid me, she says, to speak softly, just as the reed whispers in the breath of the wind. And I bring a cry even softer than this, like one that is made by an orophos-reed. The orophos is a weak and slender and papyrus-like reed, which Homer too refers to: ‘having harvested from the meadow the hairy orophos’. The reeds of auloi are made of these. And since it is weak, it makes a weak reverberation because it does not resist the force of the breath.

LEMMA: MVC(all ὑπώρ‑), ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς MnRaRb1SSa (ἀτρεμέαν Rb1, a.c. S; all five mss have either no punct. after ὡς or punct. before ὡς, as if ὡς part of note), ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαῖον BPr, [ὑπώ]ροφον Rw, καὶ ἄλλως Rb2      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb1Sa      POSITION: Rb2 is second version immediately after first; follows sch. 147.23 Y2Yf2

APP. CRIT.:   1 τουτέστι prep. Rb2   |    μικρὸν] BORwY2Yf2, μικρὰν MC, μικρῶς Pr, om. VMnRaRb1Rb2SSa   |    σὺ om. Y2Yf2   |    φησὶ om. OMnRaRb1Rb2SSa   |    με] μοι BVMnRRaRb1Rb2SSa, om. O, με corr. to μοι (or vice versa?) Pr   |    φωνεῖν] φωνὴν (transp. before φησὶ) M, φωνήν C   |    punct. as if new sch. at ὡς ψιθ. Ra(with ref. symbol)Rb1   |    ὡς καλάμου (ψιθ. … πνοῇ om.) O   |    ὡς om. Rw   |    τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου πνοῇ]τῆς τοῦ ἀν. πνοῆς Yf2, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου VMnRaRb1SSa   |    πνοῇ] κινήσει BPrRb2, φωνῇ C, πνοῆ καὶ κινήσει Rw   |    2 καὶ om. MCRw(add. s.l.)Y2Yf2, perhaps O (margin cut)   |    ἔλαττονα] ἔλαττον MBOCPrRwY2Yf2   |    τούτου] VRaSSa, p.c. Mn, τοῦτο Rb1 and a.c. Mn, αὐτοῦ MBOCPrRwY2Yf2, om. Rb2   |    φέρω MOC, φέρω σοι others   |    βοὴν] φωνὴν O, βοάν MnRaSa (η s.l. MnRa)   |    ὡς] τὴν Rb2   |    ὑπορόφου VRaS, ὑπ’ ὀρόφου MnRb1Sa, ὑπὸ ῥόφου Rb2   |    γενομένην VRaSa, after γινομένην repeated βοήν Rb2   |    3 punct. as if new sch. begins at ὁ δὲ ὄρ. Mn   |    ὁ δὲ ὀροφεας V   |    κάλαμός ἐστιν] λεπτὸς ἐστὶ κάλαμος O   |    ἐστιν] om. MC, ἐστὶν ἢ Rb1   |    τε καὶ λεπτὸς om. Rb2RwY2Yf2, λεπτὸς καὶ om. MBOCPr   |    παπυρώδως Rb1, πυρώδης M, παπυρώδης ἐς ὀροφὰς ἐπιτήδειος O   |    4 οὗ μέμνηται] ὧ χρῶνται εἰς σκέπην ὀσπητίων καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ὄροφος καλεῖται ὁ ὑπὸ τῶ ὀρόφω (τοῦ ὀρόφου Yf2) καὶ τῆ στέγη ὢν ἐπιτήδειος Y2 Yf2   |    οὗ] οὐ Rb1   |    καὶ ὅμ. μέμνηται transp. Rb2   |    4–6 καὶ ὅμηρος κτλ] om. Yf2, only καὶ ὅμ. λαχ. ὄροφον λέγει Y2   |    4 τ’ ἀμήσαντες Pr   |    5–6 ἐκ τούτων κτλ om. ORb2 (Rb2 cont. with Rb2 version of sch. 149.02)   |    5 ἐκ τούτου VMnRaRb1SSa, εἰς τούτων M(app. corr. from εἰς τοῦτον)   |    εἰσι] γίνονται BPr, ἐστι C   |    6 ἀσθενὴς] ἀσθενεῖς VC, ‑ὴς perhaps corr. from ‑εις M   |    after δὲ add. καὶ VMn   |    τὴν om. Mn   |    τῷ μὴ] τὸ μὴ MnPrSa   |    ἀνίστασθαι Rw   |    βίᾳ] βοῇ MBCMnPrRaRb1RwS   |    τὸ πνεῦμα Pr   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σοὶ S   |    before τῆς Yf2 wrote κά (κάλαμος started, not deleted)   |    3 λευπτὸς Ra   |    4 λαχνείεντ’ C   |    ἀμείσαντες Rb1Rb2   |    5 δὲ εἰσὶν M   |    αἰ S   |    γλωσσῖδες Sa, γλωσσίδαις Mn, γλυσίδες Rb1   |    ἀνθίσταθαι M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,16–22; Dind. II.70,21–71,2

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Rw for lemma, damage.   |

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 147.02 (vet paraphr) 1μικρόν μοι φησὶ †κελεύειν αδ† ὡς ψιθυρίζει κάλαμος ἀνέμου πνοῇ.  2ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἐλάττονα αὐτοῦ φέρω βοήν.   —H

TRANSLATION:   You command me to sing in a small voice, she says, as a reed whispers at a breath of wind. And I bring on a cry even smaller than that.

APP. CRIT.:   1 corrupt for κελεύεις ᾄδειν?


Or. 147.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: ἰδοὺ  —V3AaAbCrFMnPrSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: ἰδοῦ  —RRfr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἴδ’⟩:  1ἴδε καὶ ἰδοὺ καὶ θέασαι.  2καὶ τὸ μὲν ἴδε ⟨καὶ⟩ ἰδοὺ φέρω βοὴν ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς καὶ λίαν ὑπώροφον,  3τὸ δὲ ἴδε καὶ θέασαι ὡς φέρω σοι βοὰν πῶς ἀτρεμαῖον ὑπώροφον καὶ μικρὰν.   —Pr

TRANSLATION:   ‘Look’ (‘ide’) means both ‘there! (behold!)’ and ‘observe’. And the one (gives the sense) ‘look ⟨and⟩ there! I bear a cry that is tranquil inasmuch as it is very indoors-like’. And the other (gives the sense) ‘look and observe how I bear a cry for you, how tranquil, indoors-like, and small’.

POSITION: after sch. 147.32 Pr (both out of order on 16r)

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἰδοὺ] ἴδε Pr   |    2 τὸ] τοῦ Pr   |    ἰδοὺ] ἰδοῦ a.c. Pr   |


Or. 147.06 (mosch exeg) ἴδ’: ἐπίρρημα ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδού  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZcB3a

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπίρρημα om. Zc   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδού om. B3a

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,19–20


Or. 147.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: θέασαι ἢ ἰδού  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδοὺ ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ θέασαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: θέασαι  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: ἔχε  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.11 (mosch paraphr) ἀτρεμαίαν: ἀθόρυβον, οὐ ταραχὴν ἐμποιοῦσαν  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   add. λεπτήν Gr


Or. 147.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀτρεμαίαν⟩: ἥσυχον  —V3CrF2GL2MnRRfSSaOxZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxSa


Or. 147.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀτρεμαίαν⟩: ἐν ψιθυρισμῷ  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l. (above φέρω βοάν Pr)


Or. 147.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀτρεμαίαν⟩: μικρὰν  —AaAbPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀτρεμαίαν⟩: καὶ ἀφόβως  —V3

LEMMA: ἀτρεμαῖον in text after corr. V       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: πῶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.18 (thom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὅτι  —ZZbZlZmZuGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.19 (rec gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: ὥσπερ  —S

LEMMA: ὡς om. in text S       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.20 (rec gloss) ⟨ὠς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.21 (vet exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩:  1ὄροφος λεπτὸς κάλαμος εἰς ὀροφὰς ἐπιτήδειος.  2τὴν μὴ διϊκνουμένην ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου, ὅ ἐστι βραχεῖαν.   —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Orophos is a slender reed suitable for thatch-roofing. (The adjective here means) the one that does not extend through and outside the roof, that is, short.

POSITION: intermarg. BC, marg. M

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὑπώροφον οὖν add. before τὴν μὴ B   |    τὸ μὴ διϊκνούμενον MC

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὅ ἐστὶν M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,1–2; Dind. II.71,12–14


Or. 147.22 (vet exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ὄροφος κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς καὶ παπυρώδης.  —H

TRANSLATION:   ‘Orophos’ is a weak and papyrus-like reed.

POSITION: marg.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new images of H, Daitz gave ἐστιν τέ where I see [ἀσθ]ενὴς (ὴς comp.).   |


Or. 147.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩:  ὄροφος λεπτὸς κάλαμος πρὸς ὄροφον καὶ στέγην οἴκων ἐπιτήδειος. ὑπώροφον δὲ τὴν ⟨μὴ⟩ διϊκνουμένην ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὀρόφου, ὅ ἐστι βραχεῖαν. —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l. Yf; precedes sch. 147.01 in both


Or. 147.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩:  1τὸ μὴ διικνούμενον ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἢ ὡς ψιθυρίζει ὄροφος τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου κινήσει.  2ὄροφος δὲ κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς μικρὰν ἀπήχησιν τῷ μὴ ἀνθίστασθαι τῇ βοῇ τοῦ πνεύματος ποιῶν.   —V3

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.:   2 τῷ] τὸ V3


Or. 147.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ὄροφος ἐστὶ κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς ἐξ οὗ καὶ οἱ στεγάζοντες τὰς οἰ[κίας] μετωνόμασαν τὰς στέγας ὀρόφους.  —F

TRANSLATION:   Orophos is a weak reed, from which (word) in fact those who roof over their houses changed the name of roofs (‘stegai’) to ‘orophoi’.

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 147.26 (thom exeg) ὑπόροφον:  1τινὲς φασὶν βοὴν ὑπόροφον τὴν μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἐξακούεσθαι.  2ἄλλοι δὲ ὄροφον λέγουσι λεπτόν τινα κάλαμον παπυρώδη, πιστούμενοι τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ ἄνωθεν τῆς Ἠλέκτρας λόγου.  3εἰπούσης γὰρ ἐκείνης πρὸς τὸν χορὸν ὦ φίλη φώνει ὥσπερ πνοὴ καὶ ἀπήχησις σύριγγος λεπτοῦ δόνακος, ἀπολογούμενος ὁ χορὸς φησί·  4θέασαι ὅτι φέρω βοὴν ἥσυχον ὑπόροφον, τουτέστι τὴν γινομένην ὑπὸ ὀρόφου.  5μέμνηται δὲ καὶ Ὅμηρος τοῦ ὀρόφου λέγων [Hom. Il. 24.451] ‘λαχνήεντ’ ὄροφον λειμωνόθεν ἀμήσαντα’.  6ἐκ τούτου δὲ τοῦ ὀρόφου ποιοῦσιν οἱ παῖδες αὐλοὺς λεπτὸν ἠχοῦντας καὶ μὴ δυναμένους ἐξακούεσθαι δι’ ἀσθένειαν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Some say a ‘huporophon cry’ is one that cannot be heard clearly outside the house. Others say orophos is a sort of slender papyrus-like reed, giving proof of this from the speech of Electra above. For after she said to the chorus ‘o my friend, speak like the breath and echoing sound of the syrinx of a slender reed’, the chorus says in its own defense: ‘observe how I bring a quiet “huporophon” cry’, that is, one created by a reed. Homer too mentions the orophos-reed, saying ‘having harvested from the meadow the hairy orophos ’. And from this orophos-reed children make auloi that make a faint sound and one that cannot be heard (from a distance) because of its weakness.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ οἴκου om. Zm   |    ἀκούεσθαι ZaZmT (ἐξ add. s.l. ZaZm)   |    2 ἄλλοι … παπυρώδη rewritten as follows in T (incorporating some of next sch.): ἄλλοι δὲ τὴν ὑπὸ ὀρόφου καὶ λεπτοῦ καλάμου γινομένην. ὄροφον γὰρ λέγουσι καὶ λεπτόν τινα κάλαμον ⟨πα⟩πυρώδη ᾧ χρῶνται εἰς ὀροφὰς ἄνθρωποι   |    3 after ἐκείνης add. τῆς ἠλέκτρας ZbZl   |    ἀπολογούμενος] ἀποκρινόμενος T   |    χορὸς φασὶν Zb   |    4 τουτέστιν γιν. ZbZl   |    5 ἀμήσαντες Homer   |    6 ποθοῦσιν corr. to ποιοῦσιν Gu   |    δυνάμενον ZbZmTGu [ending lost in trimming in Zl]   |    διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν Gu   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φασὶ ZaZl, φασι Zm   |    5 λειμανόθεν Gu   |    6 ἡχοῦντας ZZb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.71,3–12

COMMENT:   This is partly adaptated from 147.01.

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)


Or. 147.27 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ποταπὴν καὶ μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἀκούεσθαι ἢ τὴν ὑπὸ ὀρόφου καὶ λεπτοῦ καλάμου γινομένην, ᾧ χρῶνται εἰς ὀροφὰς ἄνθρωποι.  —ZZaZbZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Of a certain sort and not being able to be heard outside the house, or the one that is created by an orophos, that is, a slender reed, which people use for thatch-roofing.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. G

APP. CRIT.:   ποταπὴν καὶ] om. ZbGu   |    ἐκτὸς τοῦ] ἐκτὸς Za, ἐκ τοῦ Zb   |    ἢ] ἢ καὶ ZbZmGu   |    ὑπὸ ρόφου Zb   |    λεπτοῦ] ἐπὶ τοῦ Zb   |    ᾧ] ὧν Zb   |    ὀροφὴν Za

COMMENT:   On ποταπός see the comment on 140.25.


Or. 147.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἀκούεσθαι  —XaZl

POSITION: s.l. (Xa cont. from 147.11, prep. καὶ)

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκτὸς] ἐκ Zl


Or. 147.29 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ἤγουν ὑπόροφον βοὴν ὡς διὰ λεπτοτάτου δόνακος καὶ μὴ μεγάλως, ἵνα μὴ τόνδε θροήσῃς.  —ZZa

TRANSLATION:  That is, ‘huporophon cry’ as if (being made) with a very slender reed and not loudly, so that you do not disturb this man.

POSITION: intermarg. Z (cont. from prev), below line Za

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] βοά Za


Or. 147.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: καὶ μικρὰν, βραχεῖαν δίκην ὀρόφου, συγκεκλεισμένην τῷ στόματι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.31 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ἀπὸ καλάμου γενομένην  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.32 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩:  1ὑπώροφος βοὴ ἡ ὑπὸ ὀρόφου γινομένη.  2ὄροφος δὲ λεπτὸς κάλαμος. 3ἢ ὑπώροφος βοὴ ἡ μὴ ⟨δυναμένη⟩ ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἀκούεσθαι.   —Pr

POSITION: before second version of sch. 145.09 Pr (both out of order, fol. 16r)


Or. 147.33 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: μὴ δυναμένην ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἀφικνεῖσθαι —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.34 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: μὴ δυναμένην ἔξω τῆς ὀροφῆς ἀκουτισθῆναι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.35 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: βραχείαν  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.36 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: καὶ παπυρώδη καὶ μικρὰν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.37 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ὑπόσκηνον  —V1

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   ὑπόσκηνον is not attested; it would apparently mean ‘under/inside a shelter’, that is, ‘indoor’. One would expect instead a word like ὑπόστεγον.

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 147.38 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀρ[όφ]ου(?) οὖσαν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   reading uncertain because of damage

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Mn 12v top margin.   |


Or. 147.39 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: κάλαμον ἀσθενῆ  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.40 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: κάλαμον  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   crossed out Mn   |


Or. 147.41 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: καλαμώδη  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.42 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: καὶ τὴν διὰ καλάμου ἐστεγασμένην οἰκίαν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   οἰκείαν Ox


Or. 147.43 (mosch gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: λεπτὴν  —XXbYfT+GGrZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.44 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ἀθόρυβον  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.45 (tri gloss) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ποταπὴν  —TZbZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ποταπὸν app. Zb


Or. 147.46 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: δονακικὴν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.47 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ὄροφος εἶδος καλαμίσκου  —Gu

POSITION: below line (space above full)

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross preposed.   |


Or. 147.48 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: οὐ ταραχὴν ἐμποιοῦσαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 147.49 (mosch etaGloss) ⟨βοάν⟩: βοήν  —XXbT

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 148.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ναὶ οὕτως⟩: ἀποδεκτέον ἔδοξε τοῦτο τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   It seemed to Electra that she ought to accept this (claim made by the chorus).

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 148.02 (rec gloss) ⟨οὕτως⟩: λέγε  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 148.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οὕτως⟩: φώνει  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 148.04 (thom gloss) ⟨οὕτως⟩: βόα  —ZmZuGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.01 (vet exeg) κάταγε κάταγε:  τὸ κάταγε ἐναντίον ἐστὶ τῇ ἀνατάσει τῆς βοῆς.  —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Bring down’ (‘katage’) is the opposite of the raising up of the cry.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MBSaRb      POSITION: between two versions of 149.02 VRb

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ κάταγε om. V   |    ἀναστάσει MVMnRbS, ἄνω στάσει Sa   |    τῆς βοῆς om. VMnRbSSa   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατάγε Mn   |    ἐστι CMn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,3–4; Dind. II.72,3


Or. 149.02 (vet exeg) κάταγε κάταγε:  1σημαίνει δὲ τὸ κάταγε ⟨κάταγε⟩ τὸ πρόσελθε πρόσελθε· 2ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ καταγωγαὶ οἱ λιμένες.   —HMBVaVbCMnPraPrbRb1Rb2RwSSaZu

TRANSLATION:   And ‘bring down, bring down’ (‘katage katage’) means ‘approach, approach’. From this sense also harbors are called places to bring (down) to shore (‘katagōgai’).

LEMMA: MVaC       REF. SYMBOL: VaSa; label καταγωγοί add. by later hand in B      POSITION: cont. from prev., except B, and before prev. VaRb2, s.l. HPrbZu

APP. CRIT.:   1 σημαίνει δὲ] δὲ καὶ Mn, om. HVaPrbRb2, ἀντὶ τοῦ Zu   |    τὸ κάταγε MBCPrRb1PraRw, om. others   |    second κάταγε suppl. Schw.   |    second τὸ om. HVaPrbRb2RwZu   |    πρόσελθε twice HMVaC, once others   |    after πρόσελθε add. σημαίνει Rb2   |    2 ἐξ οὗ Prb   |    καὶ om. Va   |    καταγωγοὶ MBCPraPrbRw, s.l. Rb2, κατάγομαι Va   |    οἱ λιμένες om. VaRb2   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατάγε C   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,4–5; Dind. II.72,4–5

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new images of H to confirm it has καταγωγαὶ.   |


Or. 149.03 (rec gloss) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: πρόσελθε  —OAaMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S


Or. 149.04 (rec gloss) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: ἐλθὲ  —AbF

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. F


Or. 149.05 (rec gloss) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: συγκλίθητι  —V

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   συγκλίθητι add. over second κάταγε V3


Or. 149.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: πέμπε πέμπε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: πρὸς ἐμὲ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.08 (rec exeg) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: σμίκρυνον τὴν φωνὴν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.09 (rec exeg) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: κατὰ μικρὸν ἄγε  —GK

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: κάτελθε καὶ σεαυτὴν φέρε  —ZZaZbZlZmT+GuOx2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   κάτατελθε Zb   |    σεαυτὸν app. Zl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,9–10

COMMENT:   The cross in T must be a mistake, since there is no evidence of this note in Moschopulean mss.   |


Or. 149.11 (mosch exeg) κάταγε κάταγε: ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν καταγομένων νεῶν εἰς τοὺς λιμένας  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Bring down, bring down’ is used) by a metaphor from ships being brought down (to land) in harbors.

LEMMA: T       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τοὺς om. G

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,8–9

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς


Or. 149.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόσιθ’⟩: διὰ τοῦτο διπλάζει τοὺς λόγους, διὰ τὸ σιγηλῶς λαλεῖν πάνυ.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.13 (recTri gloss) ⟨πρόσιθ’⟩: πρόσελθε  —MnRSTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρόσιθ’⟩: καὶ ἐλθὲ  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πρόσιθ’⟩: ἴθι  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.16 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨first ἄτρεμας⟩: ἡσύχως  —V3AaAbCrFRSXXaXbYYfZc ZZaZbZlZmZuT*GuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. AbCrFSOx   |    ἤσυχος CrZcZu, s. l. Ox

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἠσύχως Ab   |


Or. 149.17 (rec gloss) ⟨first ἄτρεμας⟩: σιγηλὰ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first ἄτρεμας⟩: ἠρεμαίως —F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἠρεμαῖον a.c. F   |


Or. 149.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first ἄτρεμας⟩: πῶς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.20 (rec exeg) ⟨first ἄτρεμας⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς καὶ πρόσιθι ἀτρέμας.  —V

POSITION: cont. from next V


Or. 149.21 (vet exeg) ἀτρέμας ἴθι:  1τῇ ἐπαναλήψει μεμίμηται τὴν ἠρεμαίαν προϊεμένην φωνήν·  2ἅτε γὰρ οὐκ ἐξακουομένη δεύτερον ταῖς αὐταῖς κέχρηται λέξεσι.   —MBVCPrRb

TRANSLATION:   By the repetition he (the poet) has represented a woman who projects a quiet voice. For as if not being heard clearly she has used the same words again.

LEMMA: MCPrRb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; cont. from sch. 149.02 V (Va version), add. δὲ

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῇ om. MC   |    τῶν λέξεων add. before ἐπαναλ. VRb   |    μέμνηται MVCRb   |    προϊεμένην Rb, ‑μένη others   |    2 ἐξακουομένην MVRb   |    ταῖς αὐταῖς] τοιαύταις V   |    λέξεσι om. MC

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἡρεμαίαν MV   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,6–8; Dind. II.71,20–72,2

COMMENT:   I have used the lemma that is transmitted, which is also implied by the intermarg. position in B (which had room to place it a line higher at the level of κάταγε κάταγε), but the note may originally have applied to Electra’s whole phrase from κάταγε … ἄτρεμας ἴθι.    |   The poet is regularly the subject of μεμίμηται and the like in scholia, and even if that were not the case, the nom. προϊεμένη printed by Schwartz would give an unattested construction.

KEYWORDS:  μιμέομαι


Or. 149.22 (recMosch gloss) ⟨second ἄτρεμας⟩: ἡσύχως  —F2L2MnRSaXXaXbT*YYfGGrZuOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   -ος written above ‑ως Ox

COMMENT:   Triclinius reproduces the cross above used on the first instance of this gloss (149.16), even though the usual Thoman witnesses have only the first instance.


Or. 149.23 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second ἄτρεμας⟩: μετὰ ἡσυχίας  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.24 (rec gloss) ⟨second ἄτρεμας⟩: σιγηλὰ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨second ἄτρεμας⟩: πῶς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 149.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ἴθι⟩: ἐλθέ  —Aa3AbF2RSaYf2OxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox


Or. 149.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴθι⟩: ἄπιθι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 150.01 (thom gloss) ⟨λόγον⟩: ἀπολογίαν  —ZmZuGuL2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,11


Or. 150.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λόγον⟩: αἰτίαν app.  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 150.03 (mosch gloss) ἀπόδος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπόκριναι  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. GZc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,11


Or. 150.04 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀπόδος⟩: ἐμοὶ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 150.05 (tri gloss) ⟨ἀπόδος⟩: μετάδος  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 150.06 (150–151) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι χρέος⟩: ἐφ’ ἣν χρείαν  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 150.07 (150–151) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι χρέος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δι’ ἣν χρείαν  —L2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 150.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι⟩: ἐπὶ τί  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   χρέος add. Pr


Or. 150.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι⟩: καὶ διὰ ποῖον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 150.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι⟩: πρὸς ὅπερ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 150.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι⟩: διὸ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 150.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐφότι⟩: διότι  —AaAbMnRS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 150.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐφότι⟩: διὰ τί  —V3RRfSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. RfSa   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   διατὶ V3   |


Or. 150.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐφ’⟩: εἰς  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 150.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐφ’⟩: ἐπὶ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 150.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅτι⟩: ἢ ὅπερ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 151.01 (rec gloss) ⟨χρέος⟩: πρᾶγμα  —AaAbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S


Or. 151.02 (mosch gloss) χρέος: χρείαν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcZm

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X


Or. 151.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρέος⟩: ζήτημα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 151.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμόλετέ⟩: καὶ παρεγένεσθε  —AaCrMnSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. Aa   |    παρεγενέσθω Mn


Or. 151.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐμόλετέ⟩: ἤλθετε  —ZZaZbZlZuTGuF2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 151.06 (thom gloss) ⟨ποτε⟩: ἄρα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAaOx2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἆρα ZZa


Or. 151.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ποτε⟩: ὀψὲ —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 151.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ποτε⟩: μόλις  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 151.09 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 152.01 (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ κώλων ιγʹ  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 152.02 (vet exeg) χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν ὅδ’ εὐνάζεται:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου.  2τοῦτο δὲ ἀναφορὰν ἔχει πρὸς τὸ [149] ‘πρόσιθ’ ἀτρέμας’.  3ὁ δὲ νοῦς· χρονίως, ὅ ἐστι διὰ χρόνου, ἐκοιμήθη.   —MBVCMnRaRbSSa, partial H

TRANSLATION:  (‘Chronia’ is) used for ‘from a long time ago’. And this (the whole sentence) has reference to the phrase ‘approach quietly’. And the sense is: after a time, that is, after an interval, he fell asleep.

LEMMA: V, χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν C, χρόνια γὰρ Mn(χρονίαν)RaRbSSa, χρόνια M      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 149.02 B, cont. from sch. 149.21 Pr

APP. CRIT.:   1 χρόνια δὲ prep. BV   |    τοῦ ἀπὸ] om. C, τοῦ διὰ V, τοῦ MnPrRaSSa   |    πολλοῦ χρόνου] πολὺν καιρὸν Pr   |    πολλοῦ] παλαιοῦ Ra   |    2 δὲ om. Pr   |    τὸ πρόσιθι ἄτρεμας om. V, leaving blank space, words add. V1   |    3 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. H   |    χρονίως] χρόνος Sa   |    ὅ ἐστι] ἐστὶ Pr, ὅτι V   |    ἐκοιμήθην a.c. Mn

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πρόσιθι BMnPrRaRbSSa   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,9–11; Dind. II.72,5–7


Or. 152.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν⟩: πρὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου πεσὼν τῇ νόσῳ ταύτῃ, νῦν ἀναπαύεται.  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 152.04 (thom exeg) χρόνια: μόλις, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ βούλομαι ὑμᾶς ὄχλον αὐτῷ παρασχούσας ἐξαναστῆσαι.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Barely (is he resting); and for this reason I do not want you to create a disturbance for him and make him wake up.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl       POSITION: s.l. except Zl

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. ZbZl

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,12–13


Or. 152.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: διὰ χρόνου  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 152.06 (rec gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: διὰ μακροῦ χρόνου  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 152.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια⟩: ἀπὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου ἢ διὰ χρόνου ἐκοιμήθη  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 152.08 (mosch gloss) χρόνια: χρονίως  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X


Or. 152.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: βραδέως  —OCrMnSSaGOxXXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from prev. X

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrSOx


Or. 152.10 (rec gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: μετὰ χρόνου ἀκμὴν  —AaPr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 152.11 (rec gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: μόλις  —MnSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 152.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: ὀψὲ ποτὲ  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 152.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια⟩: καὶ χρονίως καὶ πολὺν καιρὸν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   χρονικῶς Zu

COMMENT:   If this means ‘that is, after a time and for a long time’. the sense of χρονικῶς is very odd. If it is meant to convey that χρόνιος has two different senses (only one of which applies here), it would be ‘in a temporal sense(?) and for a long time’, but then one wonders why it is not χρονικὰ instead of the adverb.


Or. 152.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: πῶς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 152.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: οὗτος  —MnSZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S


Or. 152.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ὀρέστης  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 152.17 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐνάζεται⟩: ἐκοιμήθη  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 152.18 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐνάζεται⟩: κοιμᾶται  —V3AaAbCrMnPrRSSaZmOxB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zm, καὶ prep. V3CrOx


Or. 152.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨εὐνάζεται⟩: ἀναπαύεται  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 152.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐνάζεται⟩: κοιτάζει  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 153.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: διάκειται  —XaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   πῶς prep. Aa2


Or. 153.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔχει⟩: διάκειται ὁ Ὀρέστης  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 153.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: ὑπάρχει  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 153.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λόγου μετάδος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπολογήθητί μοι εἰς τοῦτο ὅπερ σοι ἐρωτῶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 153.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λόγου⟩: ἀπολογίας  —Aa2Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 153.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μετάδος⟩: πάρασχε  —V1

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   App. a dot in front of this.   |


Or. 153.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μετάδος⟩: ἡμῖν  —Aa2KXaXbTYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 153.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨μετάδος⟩: ἐμοὶ  —RfZZaZmGuB3aOx2

LEMMA: μετάδος μ’ in text ZZa       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   μοι B3a   |

COLLATION NOTES:   Zl is washed out here, above first line of page.   |


Or. 153.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μετάδος⟩: τοῦ λόγου δηλονότι  —Y

POSITION: marg.


Or. 153.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: ἤγουν ὦ προσφιλὴς  —Ox


Or. 153.11 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 153.12 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: φίλη  —V3AaAbFSaXXaXbYYfTGrZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 154.01 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον:  1ἴαμβος χρὴ εἶναι οὗτος ὁ στίχος ὡς καὶ ὁ τῆς στροφῆς.  2διὸ οὕτως ἐγράφη παρ’ ἡμῶν ‘ποίαν τύχαν ποίαν δὲ συμφοράν’, καὶ ἔστι τὸ ποι τὸ δεύτερον κοινὴ συλλαβή.  3διὸ καὶ τὸ παρ’ ἡμῶν ἐπινοηθὲν ἐπὶ ταῖς κοιναῖς συλλαβαῖς ἐπετέθη σημεῖον, ὡς καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις τοιούτοις.   —T

TRANSLATION:   This verse must be an iambus, just like the one of the strophe. Therefore it has been written by me as follows (scil. with ‘tina’ emended to ‘poian’), and the second instance of (the syllable) ‘poi’ is a koine syllable (scil. here treated as short). This is also why the sign invented by me for the koine syllables has been placed over it, just as in other similar cases.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.       POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.11,3–7; de Fav. 47

KEYWORDS:  Triclinius, emendation by


Or. 154.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ τύχην πότερον ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄμεινον νενευκέναι.  —HMBCAaMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (Am I to say) that his fortune has inclined toward the worse or toward the better?

LEMMA: MCMn(τυγχαν’)RaRbSSa       REF. SYMBOL: MSa       POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. Aa

APP. CRIT.:   τύχαν RbSa, δυστυχίαν Aa, om. S   |    ποτέρου S   |    ἢ om. M   |    ἠμεῖνον M   |    νένευκε B

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,12–13; Dind. II.72,16–17

COMMENT:   Note how B’s version smooths the grammar, whereas the transmitted infinitive requires the reader to assume εἴπω from the lemma.    |


Or. 154.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν εἴπω, τίνα τύχην περὶ αὐτοῦ εἴπω κἂν ἐν κρείττονι μοίρᾳ ἐστὶ κἂν ἐν ἐλάττονι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 154.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: κἄντε ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον ἐστὶ κἄντε ἐπὶ τὸ ἧττον οὐκ οἶδα.  —F

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg.


Or. 154.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τίνα δυστυχίαν αὐτοῦ εἴπω, ἀπορηματικῶς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  ‘What misfortune of his am I to speak of?’, as a dubitative question.

POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   τίνα om. G   |    εἴπω αὐτοῦ transp. Yf

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπορρη‑ XXaTY (not Ta)   |


Or. 154.06 (thom gloss) ⟨first τίνα⟩: ποίαν  —ZZaZbZlZmGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 154.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first τίνα⟩: ὁποίαν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 154.08 (rec gloss) ⟨τύχαν⟩: δυστυχίαν  —AbMnPrSSaZuYf2Zc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. SZu


Or. 154.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τύχαν⟩: ἣν οὐκ ἔχει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 154.10 (rec metr) ⟨τύχαν⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 154.11 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨τύχαν⟩: τύχην  —MnST

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 154.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second τίνα⟩: ποίαν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 154.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨second τίνα⟩: ὁποίαν νὰ εἴπω  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 154.14 (tri metr) ⟨second ποίαν⟩: koine short over οι  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 154.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰν⟩: περὶ αὐτοῦ  —Vrec

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 154.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰν⟩: θλίψιν  —F2Zb2

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Z, microfilm image suggested trace, but newer image suggests not.   |


Or. 154.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰν⟩: ἣν πάσχει  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl 56v 2nd line.   |


Or. 154.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰν⟩: ἣν οὐκ ἔχει  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 155.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτι μὲν ἐμπνέει⟩: ὀλίγον ἐμπνεῖ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 155.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: ἀκμήν  —Aa2MnYf2Zb2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn


Or. 155.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: ἐπὶ μικρὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 155.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: καὶ μικρὸν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 155.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔτι⟩: καὶ ποτὲ  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 155.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμπνέει⟩: ἀναπνέει  —F2Yf2Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 155.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐμπνέει⟩: πνοὴν  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   πνὴνα Aa2


Or. 155.08 (tri gloss) ⟨ἐμπνέει⟩: ἤγουν ζῇ  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 156.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βραχὺ δ’ ἀναστένει⟩: μόλις ἀνασπασμὸν [ποιεῖ(?)]  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The noun ἀνασπασμός is very rare (see DGE and Kriaras), but appears to be the right interpretation of the faint and damaged word. Here it requires a verb to govern it and the meaning seems to be ‘he with difficulty makes a labored breath’.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl.   |

KEYWORDS:  rare word


Or. 156.02 (rec gloss) ⟨βραχὺ⟩: ὀλίγον  —SaYf2Zb2Ox

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 156.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βραχὺ⟩: πρὸς ὀλίγον  —F2

LEMMA: βραχεῖ in text F       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 156.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βραχὺ⟩: ταχὺ  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 156.05 (tri gloss) ⟨βραχὺ⟩: ἀμυδρόν  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 156.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀναστένει⟩: ἀναστενάζει  —V1

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Dot in front.   |


Or. 156.07 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἀναστένει⟩: στενάζει  —AbCrMnRSSaYf2TOx

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 157.01 (vet exeg) τί φὴς ὦ τάλας:  1οἰκειούμενος τὰς συμφορὰς ὁ χορὸς καὶ συναχθόμενος γεγωνότερον ἀνέκραγε τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’.  2διό φησιν [158] ‘ὀλεῖς, εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις’.   —HMBVCMnPrRb, partial AaRaRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Making the misfortunes their own and sharing in the grief, the chorus cried out in a louder voice ‘O, wretched one!’ Therefore she (Electra) says ‘you will destroy (him/me) if you stir his eyelids’.

LEMMA: M(ὁ τ.)BCAaMnRb(ὁ τ.)SSa(ὢ SSa), ὦ τάλας VAaRaRw, τὶ φὴς Pr      REF. SYMBOL: MBVAaRbSa      POSITION: marg. H

APP. CRIT.:   1 οἰκειούμενοι Pr   |    τὰς] περὶ Pr   |    ὁ χορὸς τὰς συμφορὰς transp. H, ὁ χορὸς om. Rw   |    συναχθήμενος Rb, συναχθόμενοι Pr   |    ἀνεκέκραγε V, ἀνακέκραγε AaMnRaRbRw, ἐξεβόησε H   |    τὸ] τί Mn   |    ὁ τάλ. Rb   |    2 διό κτλ om. AaRaRwSSa   |    εἰ] εἰς Rb   |    κινήσεις τοῦ ὕπνου VRb   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 γεγονότερον, ω s.l. Aa   |    ὢ τάλ. Sa, ὠ with both accents S   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,14–16; Dind. II.72,20–22

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines


Or. 157.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τί φὴς ὦ τάλας⟩: οἰκειούμενος τὰς συμφορὰς ὁ χορὸς γεγωνότερον εἶπεν ‘ὦ τάλας’.  —O

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines


Or. 157.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί φὴς ὦ τάλας⟩: ὁ χορὸς λέγει καθ’ ἑαυτόν.  —Aa

LEMMA: Aa       REF. SYMBOL: Aa

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 157.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: 1δεῖ νοεῖν στεναγμόν τινα γεγενῆσθαι μετὰ τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’ ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ, 2ἵνα εὔλογον ᾖ τὸ παρὰ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας εἰρημένον [167] ‘σὺ γάρ νιν, ὦ τάλαινα, θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου’.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   One must understand that some kind of groan was made by the chorus after ‘o, pitiable man’, so that what Electra says—‘For you drove him from his sleep, wretched woman, by your wild cry’—makes good sense.

LEMMA: (160–161) ὦ μέλεος ὦ τάλας MC, 160 ὦ μέλεος Rw       REF. SYMBOL: M (to 160 ὦ μέλεος)       POSITION: cont. from 157.01 BPr, add. δὲ

APP. CRIT.:   1 δεῖ νοεῖν στεν. τινα] δεινόν τινα στεναγμὸν Rw   |    νοεῖν transp. after γεγεν. Pr   |    2 ᾖ om. Pr   |    παρὰ om. MCRw   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 γεγενεῖσθαι Pr   |   2 νῦν Pr   |    θωύξας MPr, θωΰξασα Rw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,17–19; Dind. II.72,22–24

COMMENT:   It is not impossible that this note was originally attached to the second ὦ τάλας in 161, as suggested by the transmitted lemmata in MCRw and the position of sch. 157.05 after 160.01. But the notion that the chorus involuntarily made an inarticulate cry ‘as women are wont to do in extreme distress’ (sch. 168.05) fits their first reaction in 157 better than their more articulate comments in 160–161.

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines


Or. 157.05 (rec exeg) μετὰ στεναγμοῦ ταῦτα λέγει, ὡς φησὶν Ἠλέκτρα [167] ‘σὺ γάρ νιν ὦ τάλαινα θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου’.  —VRb

TRANSLATION:   (The chorus) says this with a groan, as Electra says, ‘For you drove him from his sleep, wretched woman, by your wild cry’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 160.01 V(add. δὲ)Rb

APP. CRIT.:   τάλαινα] τάλας V   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   θωΰξας VRb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,1 app.; Dind. II.73,9–10

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines


Or. 157.06 (pllgn exeg) 1ὡς ἔοικεν ὁ χορὸς συναχθόμενος τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ γεγωνότερον ἀνέκραξε τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’·  2διό φησι[158] ‘ὀλεῖς εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις’.  3δεῖ δὲ στεναγμόν τινα γενέσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ μετὰ τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’ ἵνα εὔλογον ᾖ τὸ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας εἰρημένον.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:  As it seems, the chorus, in its sympathy for Electra’s pain, cried out rather loudly ‘O wretched man’. Therefore she says ‘You will kill (him) if you stir his eyelids’. And it is necessary that there be some mournful groan by the chorus after ‘O wretched man’ so that Electra’s remark will make sense.

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines


Or. 157.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί φῄς⟩: πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 157.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τί φὴς⟩: τί λέγεις  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 157.09 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨φής⟩: λέγεις —CrOxTZl2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrZl2Ox


Or. 157.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλας⟩: τρανότερον ἐφώνησε.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Dot before this, in different ink.   |

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines


Or. 157.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλας⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην στρέφει τὸν λόγον.  —MnPrRSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 157.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcFB3a

TRANSLATION:  (The exclamation ‘o wretched man’ is made) in reference to Orestes.

POSITION: s.l. (above τί φὴς Zc)

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 157.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ὀρέστης δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 157.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: ὦ ἄθλιε Ὀρέστα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 157.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλας⟩: σὺ, ὦ Ὀρέστα  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 157.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλας⟩: Ὀρέστα  —Zl2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 157.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: ἢ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 157.18 (rec gloss) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: αὐτὸς  —GK

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. K


Or. 157.19 (thom gloss) ⟨τάλας⟩: ἐστὶ  —ZZaZbZlZmAa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 158.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ὦ Ὀρέστα  —R

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 158.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ὦ ἀδελφὲ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 158.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: φθείρεις ἐμὲ ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀπολεσθῇς  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 158.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ⟨ἐὰν⟩ ἀπολεσθῇς, ἀπολέσεις  —AbMnRS

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ add. before ἀπολέσεις R (because of loss of ἐὰν)   |   ἀπολέσεις] ἀπολέσης AbMnS   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εσθὴς Mn   |


Or. 158.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ἐμὲ  —MnPrRSZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from prev. R

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει prep. Pr, ἤγουν prep. MnS   |    δηλονότι add. Zu

KEYWORDS:  λείπει


Or. 158.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: φθείρεις  —V1CrFOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFOx


Or. 158.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: φθερεῖς  —L2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 158.08 (mosch gloss) ὀλεῖς: ἀπολεῖς ἐμέ  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X

APP. CRIT.:   με XaYYf

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,28


Or. 158.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ἐμὲ ἢ αὐτὸν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (The understood object of ‘you will destroy’ is) ‘me’ (Electra) or ‘him’ (Orestes).

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμὲ ἢ om. Gu (because written right after Gr’s ἐμέ)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,28


Or. 158.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: εἰ τοῦ ὕπνου ἀλλοτριώσεις καὶ μεταστήσεις.  —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   If you will estrange (him) and shift (him) from sleep.

LEMMA: ὀλεῖς Rw       POSITION: s.l. B, marg. MC

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ] αἱ C

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,20; Dind. II.72,26

COLLATION NOTES:   B rewritten here by later hand.   |


Or. 158.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἐὰν ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου ἐγείρης —Rf

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 158.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἤγουν ἐὰν διυπνίσης αὐτὸν, ἐὰν ἐξεγείρης τοῦ ὕπνου  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,28–73,1


Or. 158.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἤγουν ἐὰν ἐξυπνήσῃς αὐτόν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   ἐξυπνέω is used as a transitive verb in later Greek, so there is no need to consider this an itacistic error for ἐξυπνίσῃς.   |


Or. 158.14 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰ⟩: ἐὰν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 158.15 (thom gloss) ⟨βλέφαρα⟩: τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 158.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βλέφαρα⟩: τοῦ Ὀρέστου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 158.17 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨βλέφαρα⟩: τὰ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 158.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: ἐὰν μετακινήσης  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 158.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: ἐκβαλεῖς  —L2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 158.20 (rec exeg) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: αὐτῷ καὶ αὐτοῦ  —K

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 158.21 (rec gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου  —OS

POSITION: s.l. O, marg. S

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    ὕπνου] κατὰ S


Or. 158.22 (mosch gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: ἐκείνου  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 158.23 (thom gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: αὐτῷ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuG

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτῶν Zb


Or. 158.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: αὐτοῦ  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 158.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: εἰ  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 158.26 (tri metr) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: long mark over iota  —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 159.01 (mosch paraphr) ὕπνου γλυκυτάταν φερομένῳ χαράν: ἀντὶ τοῦ φέροντος τὴν ἡδονὴν τὴν γλυκυτάτην τοῦ ὕπνου  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

LEMMA: φερομένῳ XT       POSITION: s.l. except XT; sep. ἀντὶ τ. φέρ. above φερομένῳ, rest above χαράν Yf

APP. CRIT.:   (both) τὴν om. Zc   |    τοῦ ὕπνου om. Zc

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,5


Or. 159.02 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ὕπνου⟩: τοῦ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 159.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨γλυκυτάταν⟩: ἡδυτάτην  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 159.04 (tri etaGloss) ⟨γλυκυτάταν⟩: γλυκυτάτην  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 159.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φερομένῳ χαρὰν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φερόμενον ἐν χαρᾷ  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,4


Or. 159.06 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: φέροντι  —AaSa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 159.07 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: καὶ κεκτημένῳ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 159.08 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: ἔχοντι  —CrSaOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 159.09 (thom gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: καρπουμένῳ  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,5–6


Or. 159.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: καὶ λαμβάνοντι  —L2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 159.11 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: φερομένου  —KB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 159.12 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —V1Mn

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. V1 (with dot before in diff. ink)


Or. 159.13 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: τῷ βλεφάρῳ  —AbMnRPrSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ βλέφαρα Pr


Or. 159.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: τίνι  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 159.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: αὐτῷ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 159.16 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: ἢ ἐμοὶ  —V1

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 159.17 (tri metr) ⟨φερο-⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς συλλαβῆς  —T

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 159.18 (vet exeg) χαρὰν: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου, ὃ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς [211] ‘ὕπνου θέλγητρον’ φησιν.  —MBVCRbRw

TRANSLATION:   The deepest form of sleep, what he calls in the later passage ‘charm of sleep’.

LEMMA: (no punct. after it) VRb, Rw ὕπνου γλυκυτάτου       REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. BC

APP. CRIT.:   ὕπνου χαρὰν prep. Rw   |    ὃ καὶ V   |    ἑξῆς ὕπνου] ἐξύπνου V, ἐξ ὕπνου Rb   |    θέλγητρα Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,21–22; Dind. II.73,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   Rewritten by later hand in B.   |


Or. 159.19 (vet exeg) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: τὸν βαθύτατον ὕπνον  —H

POSITION: marg.


Or. 159.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου  —V3F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   βαθὺ F, app. changed from βαθοι


Or. 159.21 (rec gloss) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: γλυκύτητα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 160.01 (vet exeg) ὦ μέλεος:  1μέλεος αὐτὸς διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις.  2ἠρέμα δέ πως ἀρνεῖται τὴν πρᾶξιν Ὀρέστου, εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀναφέρουσα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν.   —MBVCBPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   He himself is wretched because of how he has fared from the gods. And in a sort of tacit way she denies the deed is Orestes’, referring the wrongdoing to the god.

LEMMA: VRb, ἄλλως Pr, in marg. MC, ἐργμάτων Rw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: intermarg. B, follows sch. 157.04 MCPr

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐκ] εἰς M   |    2 ὀρέστης V   |    τὸν om. B   |    ἁμαρτίαν] αἰτίαν Rw   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δε πῶς Rw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,22–114,1; Dind. II.73,7–8


Or. 160.02 (vet exeg) 1μέλεος αὐτὸς διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις.  2ἀρνεῖται δέ πως τὴν τοῦ Ὀρέστου πρᾶξιν εἰς θεὸν ἀναφέρων ταῦτα.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Wretched himself because of the actions coming from gods. In a certain way she is denying the action of Orestes by attributing these things to a god.


Or. 160.03 (rec exeg) εἰς θεὸν ἀναφέρει τὴν αἰτίαν.  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 160.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ὢ⟩: φεῦ  —CrMnOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 160.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ἄθλιος  —AbF2MnRSSaZu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 160.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ὑπάρχεις —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 160.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 160.08 (tri artGloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩:  —T

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Triclinius removed ὦ/ὢ from the text as transmitted, without remarking on the change. Thus he adds the gloss indicating that this is an exclamatory nominative used like a vocative. The same occurs in sch. 161.01.


Or. 160.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ἀπο τοῦ μὴ ἐλεεῖσθαι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   See sch. 207.05.

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 160.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐχθίστων θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν θεοστυγεστάτων πράξεων  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X; spaced as three sep. glosses Yf (ἕνεκα, τῶν θεοστ., πράξεων)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,12–13 (Arsenius’ modified version)

COMMENT:   The Moschopulean interpretation takes θεόθεν as if it were θεοῖς, to produce ‘hated by the gods’, thus ameliorating the theology, as opposed to inferring that the chorus blames the gods, as in sch. 160.01.

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration


Or. 160.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐχθίστων θεόθεν⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν θεοστυγῶν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 160.12 (tri paraphr) ἐχθίστων ἐργμάτων: ἤγουν ἕνεκα τῶν προσταχθέντων ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐργμάτων ἤγουν ἔργων, πράξεων, ἤτοι τοῦ φόνου  —T

LEMMA: T

COMMENT:   Created from separate Thoman glosses below.


Or. 160.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐχθίστων⟩: ἕνεκα  —Aa2CrFMnPrRSSaXZZaZbZlZmZuB3aOx

POSITION: s.l. (over ἐργμάτων F)

APP. CRIT.:   ἕνεκεν Aa2CrSSaOx


Or. 160.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐχθίστων⟩: μισητῶν  —AbCrMnSaSGZb2ZlOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 160.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐχθίστων⟩: τῶν δεινῶν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 160.16 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἐχθίστων⟩: τῶν  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 160.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 160.18 (thom paraphr) ⟨θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: τῶν προσταχθέντων ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος πράξεων ἤτοι τοῦ φόνου  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l. (cont. from 160.13 Zm)

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Za   |

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu does not write πράξεων, but lets Gr’s gloss serve, and places ἤτοι κτλ just after Gr’s πράξεων.   |


Or. 160.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ θεοῦ  —F2Rfr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 160.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θεόθεν⟩: θεῶν —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 160.21 (rec gloss) ⟨θεόθεν⟩: τῶν γινομένων  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 160.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: κωλυμάτων ἐμποδίων  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 160.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῶν κωλυμάτων, ἤγουν τῶν ἀσθενειῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   κολυμάτων a.c. Zu   |


Or. 160.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: φόνων —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab


Or. 160.25 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: πράξεων  —HrecV3AbCrFKMnSSaRfZbZc2ZlB3aOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrFOx

COLLATION NOTES:   H8 acc. to Daitz.   |


Or. 160.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: πραγμάτων  —Pr

POSITION: below line Pr (space above full)

COLLATION NOTES:   This gloss has a cross.   |


Or. 160.27 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: ἔργων  —AbG

POSITION: s.l. G; marg. Ab


Or. 160.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: ἐργασιῶν  —L

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 161.01 (tri artGloss) ⟨τάλας⟩:  —T

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   See sch. 160.08.


Or. 161.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλας⟩: ἐστὶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 161.03 (tri metr) ⟨τάλας⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 161.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἕνεκα  —Aa2AbCrF2MnPrSaOxXXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. (over τάλας Ab)

APP. CRIT.:   ἕνεκεν Aa2CrOx


Or. 161.05 (thom gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: συμφορῶν  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from prev. T

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν prep. T


Or. 161.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: τῶν πράξεων  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 161.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: καὶ τῶν κόπων  —CrOxZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῶν om. Zl


Or. 161.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ὧν ἔχει  —R

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 161.09 (mosch artGloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: τῶν  —XXbYfGrAa2F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 162.01 (162–165) (rec wdord) word order α (ἆ ἆ), β (ἄδικος), γ (ὁ λοξίας), δ (ἄδικα … ἔλακεν), ε and ϛ not detected, ζ (φόνον), η (ἀπόφονον), ι (ὅτ’ ἐπὶ τρίπ.), κ (θέμ.), λ(?) (ἐδίκασε)  —S


Or. 162.02 (162–165) (rec wdord) word order α (ἄδικος), β (λοξίας), γ (ἄδικα), δ (ὅτε), ε (ἐδίκασεν), ϛ (φόνον), ζ (ἀπόφονον), η (τρίποδι)  —Mn


Or. 162.03 (162–165) (rec wdord) word order α (ἄδικος), β (λοξίας), γ (ἄρ’), δ (τότ’), ε (ἔλακεν), ϛ (ἔλακεν), ζ (ἄδικα), η (ἀπόφονον), θ (ὅτ’), ι (ἐδίκασεν), ια (ἐπὶ), ιβ (τρίποδι), ιγ (θέμιδος) ιδ (φόνον), ιε (ἐμᾶς), ιϛ (μητέρος)  —Ab


Or. 162.04 (162–165) (rec wdord) word order α (ἄδικος), β (λοξίας), γ (ἄδικα), δ (θέμιδος)  —PrR

APP. CRIT.:   δ om. Pr


Or. 162.05 (162–165) (pllgn exeg) ἀδίκως ἀδίκως τότε ἄρα ἔλακεν ἔλακεν ὁ Λοξίας τὸν φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς τὸν ἀπόφονον· πότε; ὅτε ἐπὶ τῇ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος ἄρα ἔκρινεν αὐτὸν ἤγουν ἀδίκως ἐχρησμοδότησεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Λοξίας φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα μας ἐπὶ τῇ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος· εἰς τρίποδα γὰρ ἀργυροῦ εἴτε καὶ χρυσοῦ ἐκάθητο ἡ παρθένος καὶ ἐνθουσιῶσα ἔλεγεν τοὺς χρησμούς. —Yf2

TRANSLATION:  Unjustly, unjustly at the time, then, did Loxias cry out, cry out (the oracle demanding) the killing of my mother, the terrible killing. When (was this)? When at the tripod of Themis he adjudged it (the killing), that is, Loxias unjustly gave the oracular response that we kill our mother at the tripod of Themis. For the virgin (priestess) sat at a tripod of silver, or else of gold, and with divine inspiration spoke the oracles.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 162.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ ἄδικος⟩: γράφεται ἄδικος  —Mn

LEMMA: ὢ ἄδικος in text Mn       POSITION: s.l., misplaced over second ἔλακεν (beginning of first line on facing page in Mn)

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 162.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὢ⟩: φεῦ  —MnSa

LEMMA: ὢ ἄδικος in text MnSa       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 162.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ⟩: γρ. ἃ ἃ  —R

LEMMA: ὢ ἄδικος in text R       POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 162.09 (rec gloss) ⟨ἂ ἂ⟩: φεῦ  —AbPr

LEMMA: ἂ ἂ ἄδικος in text AbPr       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 162.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἃ ἃ⟩: σίγα  —Aa2

LEMMA: ἃ ἃ ἄδικος in text Aa       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 162.11 (vet exeg) ἄδικος ἄδικα:  1τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τὸ ἀλλαχοῦ [Eur. Hipp. 701] εἰρημένον·  2‘πρὸς τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα’.  3ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔδοξεν ἀτυχῶς τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πεπτωκέναι τῆς μητρὸς ὁ φόνος, ἄδικος ὁ Λοξίας νενόμισται.  4ἢ τὸ ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ἐμφαίνει ὅτι δικαίως μὲν ἐμαντεύσατο τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός, ἀδικεῖ δὲ τῷ δράσαντι μὴ ἐπικουρῶν.  5τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς οὕτως·  6ὁ ἄδικος Λοξίας ἄδικα τότε ἐδίκασεν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον ἔλακεν ἐμῆς μητρός.   —H3MBCPrb, partialO MnPraRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   This is (an illustration of) the statement made elsewhere, ‘For we possess our (repute for) sense in proportion to our fortunes (that is, the outcomes of our actions)’. For because the murder of their mother seemed to have turned out unfortunately for Orestes, Loxias has been deemed unjust (by Electra). Or the phrase ‘he gave unjust judgments’ indicates that although he justly gave an oracular command for the murder of the mother, he acts unjustly in not giving aid to the one who acted. The run of the sense is: the unjust Loxias gave unjust judgments at that time when upon the tripod of Themis he proclaimed the unholy murder of my mother.

LEMMA: Rw, ἆ ἄδικος ἄδικα BC(ἂ), ἆ ἆ ἄδικος Pr      REF. SYMBOL: BRbSa      POSITION: after sch. 164.01 C, after sch. 160.01 Pra (15v), after sch. 173.01 Prb (16r)

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 τοῦτ’ … οὕτως om. O, 1–4 τοῦτ’ … ἐπικουρῶν om. Pra, 1–3 τοῦτ’ … ὁ φόνος om. MnRbSSa, 1–2 τοῦτ’ … κεκτήμεθα om. Rw   |    1 τοῦτ’] του δε M   |    2 πρὸς τὰς φρένας γὰρ τὰς τύχας κεκτ. M, πρὸς τὰς φρένας γὰρ τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς τύχας κεκτ. (sic) C   |    3 ἐπειδὴ γὰρ BPrb   |    πεπτωκέναι corr. to περιπεπτωκέναι s.l. H3   |    ἄδικος] ἔκδιος Rb, ἔκδικος MnSa, δῖκος S   |    νομίζεται Rw   |    4 ἢ] ὅτι MnSSa   |    τὸ] τὰ MnSSa   |    ἄδικα] ἄκα M, ἄδικον Rw   |    ἐδίκησεν Rb, ἠδίκησεν MnSSa   |    ὅτι] μὲν ὅτι Prb, γὰρ ὅτι MnRbSSa   |    ἐμαντεύσατο] ἐψηφίσατο H3   |    4–6 τὸν φόνον κτλ om. S   |    4 ἀδικεῖ δὲ … ἐπικουρῶν] ἄδικος δὲ ὅτι οὐκ ἐπικουρεῖ H3   |    5 δὲ om. Mn   |    οὕτως] οὗτος CMnPrbRbSa (comma after it C), οὕτως ὅτι Pra   |    6 ὁ ἄδικος] ὁ ἀδικῶν Pra   |    ἄδικα τότε] ἀδικώτατα H3   |    ὅτε] ὅτι MnSa   |    τρίποδος RwSa   |    θέμιδος om. Sa   |    ἀπόφονον om. MnRbSa   |    φόνον om. MBOCPraRw, transp. after ἔλακεν Prb   |    ἔλακεν … μητρός] τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἐμαντεύσατο MnRb(ἐματ‑)Sa   |    ἐμᾶς H3BOCPrbRw, ἡμᾶς Pra   |    ματρός B, ματέρος O, μητέρος Rw [H3]   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἐματεύσατο Rb   |    ἐπικούρων C   |    6 ἀπόφωνον Rw   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,4–10; Dind. II.73,18–74,3

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration


Or. 162.12 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ δικαίως ἔδοξεν εἰρηκέναι  —BRw

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘he seemed not to have spoken justly’.

LEMMA: Rw       POSITION: marg. (at 162) B

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ om. Rw

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,18


Or. 162.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩: ἄδικος ὁ Λοξίας ἔδοξεν ἄδικα δικάσας, ἢ δικαίως ἐψηφίσατο τὸν φόνον ἀδίκως δὲ οὐ βοηθεῖ.  —V

LEMMA: V       REF. SYMBOL: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114, app. on 5–8; Dind. II.73, app. on 21


Or. 162.14 (pllgn exeg) 1ἐπεὶ ἔδοξεν ἀτυχῶς τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πεπτωκέναι τῆς μητρὸς ὁ φόνος, ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας μαντευόμενος μὲν τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς, τῷ δράσαντι δὲ μὴ ἐπικουρῶν. 2ἢ ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον ἔλακεν τῆς μητρὸς.   —V3

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,5–7 and 9–10 app.


Or. 162.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩:  1τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς ἄδικος Λοξίας· ἄδικα γὰρ τότε ἐδίκασεν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον ἔλακεν ἐμῆς μητρός.  2ἀπόφονον τινὲς τὸν ἄτοπον φόνον, τινὲς δὲ τὴν ἀ̅π̅ο̅ εἰς τὸ ἔλακεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπεφθέγξατο.   —V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114, app. on 14–16; Dind. II.73, app. on 21


Or. 162.16 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩: ὁ ἄδικος Λοξίας ἤγουν ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἄδικα τότε ἐκτύπησε κατὰ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὅτε ἐδίκασεν τὸν μιαρὸν φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρός.  —Ra


Or. 162.17 (mosch paraphr) ἆ ἆ ἄδικος:  ἄδικος ὢν ὁ Λοξίας ἄδικα ἄρα τότε εἶπεν ὅτε ἐπὶ τῷ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος ἐδίκασεν ἤγουν ἔκρινε τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἤγουν τὸν μισητὸν καὶ μὴ ἄξιον ὄντα γενέσθαι.  —XXaXbT+YfGGr

LEMMA: G       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τότε om. G   |    after τότε add. ἔλακεν ἀντὶ τοῦ XaY   |    τὴν μισητὴν X

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,14–17


Or. 162.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄδικος⟩:  1οἱ λαμβάνοντες εἰς τὸ ἄδικος ἔξωθεν τὸ ὑπάρχει καὶ στίζοντες ἐνταῦθα ληροῦσι.  2τὸ δ’ οὕτως ἔχει·  3δέον γὰρ οὕτως εἰπεῖν ἀδίκως ἔλακε τότε ὁ Λοξίας ἄδικα, ὁ δὲ ‘ἄδικος’ εἶπε πρὸς τὸ Λοξίας.  4ἀπατῶνται δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἄδικα, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι τὸ ἄδικος καὶ τὸ ἄδικα ταυτοδυναμοῦσιν, ὥστε εἰ καὶ ἓν τούτων ἀπῆν, ἄρτιος ἂν ἦν ὁ λόγος.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Those who supply ‘is’ to go with ‘unjust’ (‘adikos’) and punctuate at that point speak nonsense. The situation is like this. For he (the poet) should have put it this way, ‘unjustly (‘adikōs’) Loxias at that time proclaimed unjust things’; instead he made unjust (‘adikos’) agree with Loxias. They (those expounders) are deceived by the presence of ‘adika’, not understanding that ‘adikos’ and ‘adika’ convey the same meaning, so that even if one of these were absent, the sense would be complete.

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔξωθεν εἰς τὸ ἄδικος transp. Zb [Zl]   |    ληροῦσι] ἀμαθεῖς T, οὐ καλῶς ποιοῦσι Gu   |    4 τοῦτο δυναμοῦσι ZZa   |    ἦν om. Za

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἔλακεν ZaZb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,9–14

COMMENT:   The view criticized is that of unknown teachers or commentators (clearly not Moschopulus, see prev.). The only hints of the rejected view in our scholia are in 162.05 in V and in the gloss 162.20 if the scribe of Zu intended the truncated ending of ὑπάρχ() to be supplied as ει rather ων.

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view


Or. 162.19 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἄδικος⟩: ὢν δηλονότι  —T+Aa2Gu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὦν Aa2   |    δηλονότι om. Aa2Gu

COMMENT:   Triclinius places the cross here because the Moschopulean paraphrase sch. 162.17 uses ὢν.   |


Or. 162.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄδικος⟩: ὑπάρχ()  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   There is no punctuation in Zu’s text between ἄδικος and ἄδικα, so perhaps this gloss is more likely to be ὑπάρχων than ὑπάρχει (which is a common expansion of this truncation elsewhere); see on 162.18


Or. 162.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄδικος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδίκως  —VCrYf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ CrOx, om. Yf2


Or. 162.22 (vet gloss) ⟨ἄδικα⟩: ἀδίκως.  —HMCF2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. HF2Yf2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,3


Or. 162.23 (vet exeg) ἔλακεν:  1καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Plut. 39] ‘ἔλακεν ἐκ τῶν στεμμάτων’ τραγικῇ λέξει χρησάμενος.  2⟨τότε δὲ⟩ ὅτε τὸν ἀπόφονον ⟨φόνον⟩ τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας.   —H3MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   And Aristophanes (also used this verb in) ‘he cried forth from the fillets’, using a tragic vocable. ⟨‘Then’⟩ (means) when Loxias at the tripod of Themis declared as verdict the horrible ⟨murder⟩ of my mother.

LEMMA: MB(no punct. after it)C; label ἀριστοφάνης add. in marg. late hand in B       POSITION: Pr cont. from sch. 162.11 (Prb version, 16r); unclear whether sep. from sch. 162.11 H3 (damage)

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀριστ. φησὶν Pr

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀπόφωνον a.c. H3   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,11–13; Dind. II.74,3–5

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes


Or. 162.24 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1τὸ ἀπόφονον Ἀπόλλωνι, οὐκ Ὀρέστῃ ἐγκαλοῦσά φησιν.  2ἔνιοι δὲ ἀπόφονον ἐδέξαντο τὸν ἄτοπον φόνον.  3τὴν δὲ ἀπό πρὸς τὸ ἔλακεν, ἀπέλακεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπεφθέγξατο.   —H3MBCPraPrb

TRANSLATION:   She says ‘unholy’ (‘apophonon’) in criticism of Apollo, not of Orestes. And some have interpreted ‘apophonon’ as meaning the unusual/bizarre murder. And the preposition ‘apo’ (some others have interpreted as) belonging to the verb ‘elaken’, (making the compound) ‘apelaken’, equivalent to ‘proclaimed an oracle’.

LEMMA: M, in marg. C      REF. SYMBOL: H3 (to 163 ἀπόφονον)      POSITION: cont. from prev. B, add. δὲ (after ἀπόφονον), cont. from (Pra version of) sch. 162.11 Pra, add. δὲ (after ἀπόφονον) (15v last line), cont. from prev. Prb, add. δὲ after ἄφονον (16r)

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ] τὸν MC   |    ἀπόφ-] ἄφονον Prb   |    ἐγκαλοῦσι C   |    2 ἔνιοι] ἕτεροι Pra   |    δὲ repeated after ἀπόφ. Pra   |    ἐδέξατο H   |    3 τὸ ἀπὸ δὲ πρὸς PraPrb   |    ἀπέλακεν om. PraPrb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,14–16; Dind. II.74,5–8

COMMENT:   The interpretation in the third sentence turns the pejorative ἀπόφονον into a second φόνον and seems designed to reduce the the criticism of Apollo, assisting the claim that the criticism contained in ἄδικος ἄδικα is diminished by the partiality of Electra’s perspective (sch. 160.11).

COLLATION NOTES:   Daitz reported H as omitting τοῦ (3), but for the ἀντὶ τοῦ abbreviation compare the one in sch. 194.02 on the next page in H.

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration


Or. 162.25 (rec gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: ἤχησεν  —V1AbCrMnPrRRfrSSaOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx

COLLATION NOTES:   V with dot before in different ink.   |


Or. 162.26 (vetThom gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: εἶπεν  —HZZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 162.27 (rec gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: ἐβόησεν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 162.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: ἐφώνησε  —FYf2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εν F


Or. 162.29 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: ἔκρινεν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 162.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: ἐχρησμοδότησε  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 162.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: ἐφθέγξατο  —V3

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 162.32 (rec gloss) ⟨second ἔλακεν⟩: ἐφώνησεν  —V1

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 162.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second ἔλακεν⟩: εἶπεν  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 162.34 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second ἔλακεν⟩: ἐδίκασεν  —G

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 162.35 (pllgn gloss) ⟨second ἔλακεν⟩: ὁ Λοξίας  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 162.36. (pllgn gloss) ⟨second ἔλακεν⟩: ἤχησεν(?)  —F2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   mostly washed out


Or. 162.37 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον: τὸ ἔλακεν οὐ παρακείμενός ἐστιν ὡς οἴονταί τινες ἀλλ’ ἀόριστος βʹ. διὸ καὶ βραχὺ ἔχει τὸ λ̅α̅. λέληκα γάρ ἐστιν ὁ παρακείμενος, ὡς καὶ Ἡσίοδος [Hes. Op. 207] ‘δαιμονίη, τί λέληκας’.  —T

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘elaken’ is not perfect tense, as some believe, but second aorist. Therefore in fact it has the syllable ‘la’ as short. For the perfect is ‘lelēka’, as Hesiod (says): ‘foolish one, what are you saying?’

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,17–19; de Fav. 47

COMMENT:   The view criticized is not extant in our scholia, and indeed all the glosses and paraphrases correctly use aorist forms to render ἔλακεν.

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Hesiod


Or. 163.01 (vet gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: ἄτοπον φόνον  —H

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 163.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: τὸν ἄτοπον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 163.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: ἄδικον φόνον  —O

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 163.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: φονικὸν  —V1

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 163.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: μισητὸν  —AbFGMnPrSSaZcGuB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸν prep. S, τὸν prep. GGuZc


Or. 163.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: νεμεσητὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 163.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: μὴ ἄξιον ὄντα γενέσθαι  —YGGu

POSITION: s.l. (cont. from 163.05 with καὶ Gu)

APP. CRIT.:   ὄντως G

COMMENT:   The phrase is extracted from the Mosch. paraphrase 162.17.


Or. 163.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: κακόφονον ὡς αἴτιον ἡμῖν συμφορῶν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Apophonon’ means) ‘involving evil murder’, (evil) in that (it is) for us cause of misfortunes.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   πολλῶν add. before συμφορῶν Z, add. after συμφ. Za   |    συμφορᾶς Zl

APP. CRIT. 2:   κακόφωνον ZZa   |


Or. 163.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: κακόφονον φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 163.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: τὸν κακόφονον τὸν μισητὸν φόνον  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 163.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: τὸν κακόφονον καὶ τὸν ἄτοπον φόνον —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 163.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: κακόφονον  —B3aOx2

POSITION: s.l. Ox; marg. B3a


Or. 163.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩:  1ὡς λέγομεν γάμος ἄγαμος, ὅταν τις οὐκ ἀγάγηται γυναῖκα ξένην, ἀλλὰ συγγένειαν ἔχουσαν μετ’ αὐτοῦ, οὕτω καὶ φόνος ἀπόφονος, ἤγουν μισητός.  2οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὁ φόνος εἰς ἕτερον ἀλλότριον, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ μητέρα.  3καὶ ἄλλο δέ· ὅτι ὁ φόνος τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ κακῷ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ·  4παράφρων γὰρ ἐγένετο ὁ Ὀρέστης καὶ εἰς ψῆφον ᾖσαν θανάτου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ἀπόφονος, ἤγουν μισητὸς.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Just as we say ‘marriage that is no true marriage’ (‘gamos agamos’) when someone marries not a woman from outside the family but one having kinship with him, in the same way too a killing is ‘apophonos’, that is, loathsome. For the murder was not directed at some other outside person, but at his mother. And another point: (it is) because the killing of his mother turned out to cause harm to him. For Orestes went mad and they (Orestes and Electra) were going to face a vote of death, and in this regard (the killing was) ‘apophonos’ or loathsome.

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,20–27

COMMENT:   Yf2 has no iota subscript on ἦσαν (and normally omits it), so he could also have intended the imperfect of εἰμί, perhaps ‘they were liable to a vote of death’.


Or. 163.14 (rec artGloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: τὸν  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 163.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ τρίποδι⟩: καθήμενος  —GMnS

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπῆρχε prep. S, καὶ ταῦτα prep. Mn


Or. 163.16 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ⟩: ἀντὶ τῆς περί  —M

TRANSLATION:   (The preposition ‘epi’ is used) in the sense of ‘peri’ (‘around, nearby’).

POSITION: s.l. (above ἀπόφονον)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,17


Or. 163.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ τρίποδι⟩: ἐν τῷ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 163.18 (thom exeg) ⟨τρίποδι⟩:  1τὸ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος οὕτω νοητέον,  2ἢ ἐν τῷ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος τουτέστι τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐν ᾧ καθημένη ἡ Πυθία καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος κατεχομένη τὰ δίκαια πᾶσιν ἐθέσπιζεν,  3ἢ ὡς φασὶ τινὲς ὅτι ὁ τρίπους πρότερον ἦν τῆς Γῆς, εἶτα τῆς Θέμιδος.  4ἡ δὲ Θέμις θεὰ παρ’ Ἕλλησιν, ἔφορος δικαιοσύνης.  5εἶτα τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐγένετο, παρὰ Θέμιδος λαβόντος.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The phrase ‘tripod of Themis’ is to be understood as follows: either on the tripod of Themis, that is to say, of justice, sitting on which the Pythia, possessed by Apollo, used to give just oracles to all; or, as some say, because the tripod previously belonged to Earth, and thereafter to Themis. And Themis is a goddess among the Hellenes, one watching over justice. Next (the tripod) became Apollo’s, when he received it from Themis.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ] τὸ ἐπὶ T, τῷ ZbGu   |    τῆς] καὶ ZaZbGu, om. T   |    2 τουτέστι] ἤγουν Gu   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 τρίππους Zb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,28–75,5

COMMENT:   τινὲς here refers to the old scholion 164.01.


Or. 163.19 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδι⟩: ἡ εὐθεῖα ὁ τρίπους.  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 163.20 (rec artGloss) ⟨τρίποδι⟩: τῷ  —S

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 163.21 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τρίποδι⟩: τῇ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The tripod cauldron is normally ὁ τρίπους, whereas ἡ τρίπους is usually a line (γραμμή) measuring three feet. But the feminine here may have been influenced by some rare instances like Olympiodorus, Prolegomena, CAG 12:1.3,35–36 τούτων καὶ ἡ τρίπους ἡ καλουμένη Ἀπόλλωνος ἦν (scil. ἀπόκρισις?); Eust. in Od. 1.111 (I.30,12) (describing a τράπεζα).


Or. 164.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩:  πρῶτον γὰρ εἶχεν ἡ Γῆ τὸν τρίποδα, εἶτα δεύτερον ἡ Θέμις, εἶτα Ἀπόλλων παρὰ Θέμιδος λαβών. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   At first Earth had the tripod, then secondly Themis, then Apollo, having received it from Themis.

POSITION: marg. B; after sch. 160.01 C, cont. from sch. 160.01 M, cont. from sch. 162.12 BRw

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ] δὲ BRw   |    ἡ γῆ εἶχε transp. BRw   |    εἶτα δὲ Rw   |    δεύτερον ἡ θ.] ἡ θ. δευτέρα Rw   |    Θέμις printed by Schw. as if in M (cf. sch. 163.18), θεός all (nomen sacrum θ̅σ̅ in MB)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,18–19; Dind. II.73,10–12


Or. 164.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩: τῆς δικαιοσύνης  —VAbMnPrRSSaZb2ZmTYf2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. PrS   |    τῆς om. PrZb2Zm [V]

COLLATION NOTES:   There may be a faint trace of a washed out F2 gloss here, but too damaged to guess what it may have been.


Or. 164.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩: μαντείας  —B3b

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   μαντ()΄ B3b


Or. 164.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩: ἢ ἕνεκα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 164.05 (rec artGloss) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩: τῆς —SZuYf2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 164.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασεν⟩: ἀπεφθέγξατο  —O

POSITION: marg.


Or. 164.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασεν⟩: σε ἄδικα ἔκρινεν  —S

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Apparently ‘made unjust judgment about you, judged you unjustly’ unless σε is a mistake for σοί.


Or. 164.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασε⟩: ἔκρινεν  —V3AbCrMnSaOxYYf2ZZaZb1ZlTGuB3a, perhaps F2

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    -ε SaYV3B3a

COLLATION NOTES:   F washed out except suspended εν sign.   |    V with dot in front, same ink.   |


Or. 164.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασεν⟩: δικαίως ἔκρινεν  —GuZu

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. Zu


Or. 164.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασεν⟩: ἐθέσπισεν  —ZZaZb1ZlTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 164.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασεν⟩: τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —B3a

POSITION: marg.


Or. 165.01 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩:  1τὸ μὲν παλαιὸν βοσκός τις ἔβοσκε πρόβατα εἰς ὄρος καὶ ἀναμεταξὺ τοῦ ὄρους ἐκείνου ἦν χάος, ὃ εὑρέθη πρῶτον ἀπὸ ἑνὸς τῶν προβάτων.  2ἰδὼν δὲ τοῦτο ὁ βοσκὸς ὅτι παρὰ φύσιν λαλεῖ τὸ πρόβατον, καὶ παρακύψας καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖσε ἤρξατο λαλεῖν στίχων πλοκὰς καὶ ἕτερα ἐξαίσια.  3ἰδόντες δὲ τοῦτόν τινες τῶν ἀνθρώπων στίχων πλοκὰς λέγοντα ἠρώτων αὐτὸν πῶς ἄρα τοιαῦτα λαλεῖ.  4ὁ δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι εἰς τὸ ὄρος, ἐν ᾧ ἔβοσκον τὰ πρόβατα, ἐκεῖσε μεμάθηκα ἀπὸ χάους τινός.  5ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐγχώριοι ἔκτισαν ἐκεῖσε ναὸν τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι  6ἐν ᾧ καὶ τρίποδα χαλκοῦν ἔστησαν, διὰ τὸ χρᾶσθαι αὐτοῦ τῇ μαντείᾳ στήσαντες ἄνωθεν τοῦ χαλκοῦ γυναῖκα παρθένον, ἵνα ἀνακρούῃ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοὺς χρησμοὺς δέχωνται.  7Λοξίαν δὲ λέγουσι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα διὰ τὸ ποιεῖσθαι ἐξεστραμμένους τοὺς χρησμούς.   —MnRaRbSSaPb

TRANSLATION:   In ancient times a herdsman was pasturing his sheep on a mountain and in the midst of that mountain there was a chasm, which was discovered first by one of the sheep. The herdsman, having noticed this fact, that contrary to nature the sheep was speaking, and having himself too bent down there (over the chasm), began to speak chains of verses and other extraordinary things. Some people noticed him speaking chains of verse and asked him how in the world he was speaking such things. He replied that on the mountain, on which I was pasturing my sheep, there I learned it from a certain chasm. Having heard this, the locals established there a shrine for Apollo in which they also set up a bronze tripod, in order to make use of his prophecy, placing an unmarried woman on top of the bronze vessel, so that she could strike it (to make it ring) and they would receive oracles from it. And they call Apollo Loxias because he makes his oracles twisted/ convoluted.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. MnSaPb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION:  follows sch. 162.11 MnSSa, foll. sch. 157.05 Rb

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὄρος om. S   |    ἀπὸ ἑνὸς] ὑπὸ ἑνὸς Schw.   |    2 λαλεῖ] λαλὼν Mn   |    second καὶ om. RaPb   |    3 στίχων] ὅτι στίχων Rb   |    λέγοντα] λέγει Rb   |    5 after δέ add. τὸν τοιοῦτον λόγον Rb   |    τοῦ ἀπόλλωνος Rb   |    6 τρίποδον Mn   |    χαλκὸν MnRaSPb   |    first αὐτοῦ] αὐτῶ MnRaSSa   |    ἀνακρούῃ] ἀκούη Ra   |    αὐτὸν] αὐτὸ Rb   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 παρὰ φύσιν] παραφάτη Mn   |    στίχων] στίστων Ra   |    3 ἰδώντες a.c. Mn   |    5 ἐγχόριοι S   |    ἔκτησαν Mn   |    6 χράσθαι Ra   |    ἀνακρούει Mn   |    χρυσμοὺς Mn   |    7 ἐξεστρεμμένους Sa, ἐξεστραμένους Pb   |    χρυσμοὺς Mn   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,20–115,7; Dind. II.75,16–28

COMMENT:   I have not found elsewhere an aetiological story with these details.

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name


Or. 165.02 (thom exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩:  1Λοξίας ὁ Ἀπόλλων καλεῖται ὅτι λοξὰ καὶ διπλῶς νοούμενα ἐμαντεύετο.  2καὶ γὰρ τῷ Κροίσῳ, ὅτε στρατεύσειν κατὰ Κύρου ἔμελλεν, ἐρωτήσαντι εἰ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ περιέσται, εἶπε·  3[53 Parke–Wormell, Q100 Fontenrose] Κροῖσος βασιλεὺς Ἅλυν ποταμὸν διαβὰς μεγάλην ἀρχὴν καταλύσει.  4τοῦτο δὲ ἦν παντάπασιν ἄγνωστον, εἴτε τὴν οἰκείαν εἴτε τὴν τοῦ Κύρου.  5ὅθεν ἀπατηθεὶς ὁ Κροῖσος καὶ μεγάλην ἀρχὴν τὴν τοῦ ἀντιδίκου ὑπολαβὼν, ἐλθὼν καταλέλυκε τὴν οἰκείαν τοσοῦτον ὡς καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ἑαλωκὼς εἰς πῦρ ἐμβεβλῆσθαι,  6ὃν εἰ μὴ Ζεὺς οἰκτείρας ἀφῆκεν ὕδωρ ἐπὶ τὴν φλόγα, τάχ’ ἂν ἀπωλώλει, ἔργον πυρὸς γενόμενος.  7ἦν δὲ ὁ Κροῖσος Λυδῶν βασιλεύς.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Apollo is called Loxias because he gave oracles that were ambiguously oblique and had a double meaning. For when Croesus was intending to campaign against Cyrus and asked if he would get the better of his enemy, he said: King Croesus will undo a great empire if he crosses the Halys river. But this detail was entirely unknown, whether (the empire was) his own or that of Cyrus. Deceived because of this and having assumed the great empire was that of his rival, Croesus proceeded and destroyed his own to such a degree that he was even taken captive by his enemy and cast into fire. And if Zeus had not felt pity for him and sent water against the flame, he would quickly have perished, a victim of the fire. Creosus was king of the Lydians.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm

APP. CRIT.:   2 στρατεύειν Za   |    κατὰ τοῦ κύρου Zl   |    εἰ om. Zm   |    3 βασιλεὺς om. T, βασιλέων (or ‑έως?) app. Zl   |    ποταμὸν om. T   |    4 δὲ ἦν] εἶπε Gu   |    5 first τὴν om. Zb   |    ἀντιδίκου] ἀδίκου ZmGu   |    κατέλυμε Zb, κατέλυσε Zl   |    ὑπὸ] ἀπὸ Zl   |    ἑαλωκέναι καὶ εἰς T   |    6 ὁ ζεὺς Gu   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν Ta (not T)   |    3 ἄλυν ZZaZb, ἄλην Zl   |    ποτμὸν Zb   |    6 ἀπολώλει ZbT(ἀπωλ‑ Ta), app. Zl   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.75,6–15

COMMENT:   Triclinius’ omissions in sentence 3 restore the dactylic hexameter frequently cited from Aristotle to Byzantine authors. For the expanded unmetrical version cf. Theodorus Scutariota, Chron. (CFHB Berl. 46) I.60,28 and Georg. Cedrenus, Compend. hist. (CSHB) I.241,5–6; there are also several late citations with only ποταμὸν added, e.g. Euseb. praep. evang. 5.20.10.


Or. 165.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὁ Λοξίας⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων  —VAbCrMnPrRSSaOxZZaZlTB3a

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Ox, καὶ prep. Cr   |    ὁ om. Z   |    ὅδε add. R


Or. 165.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: Λοξίας διὰ τὸ ἐκφωνεῖν λοξὰς τὰς μαντείας καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν δηλοῦν ἀμφοτεριζούσας  —G

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name


Or. 165.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: ὁ Λοξίας λέγεται διὰ τὸ τὰ ἄδικα κρίνειν.  —Ab

POSITION: marg.

APP. CRIT.:   κρίνειν uncertain (damage)   |

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name


Or. 165.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμᾶς ματέρος⟩: ἔνεκεν, περὶ τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς  —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   μητρὸς om. Sa


Or. 165.07 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨ἐμᾶς ματέρος⟩: τῆς  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 165.08 (recTri etaGloss) ⟨ἐμᾶς⟩: ἐμῆς  —RYf2TGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 165.09 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ματέρος⟩: μητρός  —AaCrOxTGuZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOxZl


Or. 165.10 (pllgnTri etaGloss) ⟨ματέρος⟩: μητέρος  —AaTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 165.11 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 166.01 (166–173) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὁρᾷς:  0σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν ἀνομοιομερὲς μὲν πρὸς τὰς στροφάς, ὁμοιομερὲς δὲ τῷ μετὰ τὴν ἑξῆς κειμένην στροφὴν συστήματι, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘θρόει τίς κακῶν’. ἔστι δὲ κώλων ηʹ.  1τὸ αʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου ἐπιτρίτου βʹ καὶ ἰάμβου.  2τὸ βʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερές.  3τὸ γʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Φερεκράτειον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ κρητικοῦ. ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸν κρητικὸν ἔχει τετρασύλλαβον.  4τὸ δʹ ἰαμβικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ.  5τὸ εʹ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.  6τὸ ϛʹ ὅμοιον ἐκ χορείων τῶν αʹ ποδῶν.  7τὸ ζʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ.  8τὸ ηʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικόν. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀντισπαστικὸν ἡμιόλιον. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος.  —T

1166=187 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒⏑‒ ‒,⏑‒
ὁρᾶις; ἐν πέπλοισι κινεῖ δέμας.
θρόει τίς κακῶν τελευτὰ μένει.
2167=188 ⏑‒⏑‒,⏑‒⏑
σὺ γάρ νιν, ὦ τάλαινα,
θανεῖν, τί δ’ ἄλλο γ’; οὐδὲ
3168=189 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,⏕⏑‒
θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ὕπνου. [koine short mark over ω]
γὰρ ἴσχει πόθον βορᾶς.
4169=190 ⏒‒⏑‒,⏑‒⏑
εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα.
πρόδηλος ἄρ’ ὁ πότμος. [koine long mark over πότμ]
5170=191 ‒⏑‒ ‒,‒⏑‒ ‒
οὐκ ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἀπ’ οἴκων
ἐξέθυσεν Φοῖβος ἡμᾶς
6171=192 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,‒ ⏓ ‒ ‒
πάλιν ἀνὰ πόδα σόν γ’ ἑλίξεις
μέλεον ἀπόφονον δοὺς αἶμα
7172=193 ⏑⏑⏑‒,‒⏑‒
μεθεμένα τοῦ κτύπου;
πατροφόνου ματέρος.
8173=194 ⏑‒ ‒ ⏑‒ ‒ / ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒ ‒
ὑπνώσσει. λέγεις εὖ.
δίκα μέν. καλῶς δ’ οὔ.

TRANSLATION:   A metrical system divided into sections, consisting of unlike parts with respect to the strophes (scil. the preceding and following strophes, 140–152 = 153–165 and 174–186 = 195–207), but with the same parts as the system [187–194] that comes after the strophe positioned next [174–186], the opening of which is [187] ‘Speak what (end) of evils’. It is of eight cola. The first is a brachycatalectic antispastic trimeter composed of an antispast, a second epitrite, and iamb. The second is an iambic hepthemimeres. The third is a Pherecratean catalectic antispastic dimeter composed of an antispast and a cretic. Here (scil. as opposed to in the corresponding stanza) it has its cretic of four syllables (scil. from resolution of one long). The fourth is an iambic similar to the second (scil. hepthemimeres). The fifth is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter. The sixth is similar (scil. a trochaic dimeter) with the first feet consisting of chorei. The seventh is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter composed of a fourth paeon and a cretic. The eighth is a trochaic ithyphallic; or if you prefer, a one-and-a-half-measure antispast. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἆρ’ a.c. T   |   8 ‑φαλικὸν T   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.11,8–18; de Fav. 47

COMMENT:   In colon 4 Triclinius treats ἄρ’ as having a long alpha despite the accent, which he changed from circumflex (as he himself initially wrote here) to acute to make clear that the particle is inferential in sense here; he explains this in his sch. 189.09 below.   |   The description of colon 8 as ‘trochaic ithyphallic’ fits with Triclinius’ capacious use of this term. It mostly applies to the expected ‒ ⏑ ‒ × ‒ ‒. But other shapes also get this designation (Sophoclean examples checked in Tessier’s edition): Hec. 706, Soph. Aj. 409 = 427 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (choreus in second foot); Hec. 944 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒; Or. 834 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ (the third foot anapaest); Or. 1466, Phoen. 655, 1039 ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑; Or. 1488, Phoen. 1513 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ (second and third feet chorei); Phoen. 320 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒; Phoen. 1288 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ (three chorei); Phoen. 1732 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (first and second feet chorei); Phoen. 1746 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (first foot anapaest); Phoen. 657 = 675 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ (this last seems to be an unconscious error on his part for lecythion).   |   In his scholia on the Euripidean triad Triclinius writes ἰθυφαλικόν rather than ‑φαλλικόν very frequently, but not everywhere.


Or. 166.02 (tri metr) σύστημα κώλων ηʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 166.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὁρᾷς⟩: καὶ βλέπεις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 166.04 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἐν πέπλοισι⟩: τοῖς στρώμασιν  —TZl

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   τοῖς om. Zl   |    -σι TaZl


Or. 166.05 (rec gloss) ⟨πέπλοισι⟩: ἱματίοις  —V1F2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 166.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέπλοισι⟩: πέπλους λέγει τὰ ῥοῦχα, ἃ ἔκειτο τὰ στρώματα καὶ τὰ ἕτερα.  —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   By ‘robes’ (‘peplois’) she (or he, the poet) means the garments, which were laid down as the bedding and the rest.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   For the medieval vernacular word (to which I was guided by Ilias Nesseris) see Kriaras s.v. ροῦχον; LBG s.v. ῥοῦχον. The chi written by Yf2 here is abnormal in form, but it must be a chi.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage


Or. 166.07 (rec etaGloss) ⟨πέπλοισι⟩: τοῖς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 166.08 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖτο⟩: τὸ παθητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνεργητικοῦ.  —S

TRANSLATION:   The passive verb form is used in the sense of the active.

LEMMA: κινεῖτο in text S       POSITION: s.l.


Or. 166.09 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖται⟩: γρ. κινεῖ  —RSSa

LEMMA: κινεῖται in text RSa, κινεῖτο S       POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 166.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι κινεῖται.  —AbMn

POSITION: s.l. Mn, marg. Ab

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 166.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: σαλεύει  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 166.12 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: Ὀρέστης, ἐπὶ τρίτου προσώπου  —K

POSITION: bottom marg. (166 + 167 are last lines of 61r)


Or. 166.13 (tri metr) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: long mark over iota  —T


Or. 166.14 (rec gloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: σῶμα  —V1CrOx

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸ prep. CrOx


Or. 166.15 (recThom artGloss) ⟨δέμας⟩: τὸ  —F2MnZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 166.16 (pllgn gram) ἀντιστροφὴ  —V3

POSITION: marg.

COMMENT:   Perhaps the designation antistrophe indicates that the sense intended is equivalent to τὰ πέπλα κινεῖ τῷ σώματι.

KEYWORDS:  antistrophe (of construction)


Or. 166.17 (rec paraphr) [undeciphered words + πέ]πλοις  —R

POSITION: marg. (running from level of 166 to that of 168)


Or. 167.01 (167–168) (vet exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ νιν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ‘σὺ γάρ νιν’ ἕως τοῦ ‘θωΰξασα’ τὸ κῶλον.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   The colon runs from ‘because you him …’ up to ‘having cried out loudly’.

POSITION: marg. MB, intermarg. C

APP. CRIT.:   second τοῦ] τὸ M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,17; Dind. II.76,12–13

COMMENT:   This note could be offering advice about where to pause in reading the sentence or reminding the reader to take θωΰξασα with σὺ despite the intervening ὦ τάλαινα, which, later at least, some took as parenthetic self-address (sch. 167.10–12). Alternatively, it could be a very rare comment on the division of lyric cola. If the latter, this division produces a colon of two iambs and spondee or molossus, followed by a dochmiac ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου. In all three mss carrying this note, however, the division in the text is / σὺ … ἔβαλες / ἐξ ὕπνου /.   |


Or. 167.02 (167–168) (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν ἐξύπνισας αὐτὸν εἰποῦσα τὸ [161] ‘ὦ τάλας’.  —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   That is, you woke him from sleep when you said ‘o wretched man’.

POSITION: marg.


Or. 167.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ νιν⟩: ναὶ κινεῖ τὸ δέμας.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 167.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σὺ γάρ νιν⟩: ἀληθῶς λέγεις διότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 167.05 (tri exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ θωΰξασα  —T

TRANSLATION:   This phrase (‘because you’) is connected to (the participle) ‘having cried out loudly’.

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   The comment is motivated by the fact that Triclinius accepts that ὦ τάλαινα is a parenthetic self-address (cf. 167.11).


Or. 167.06 (rec gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V1

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 167.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὸν  —V1AbCrF2MnRfrSaOxYf2ZZa

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx


Or. 167.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλαινα⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν ταῦτα λέγει.  —AbMnSSa

TRANSLATION:   She addresses this to the chorus.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   λέγει ταῦτα transp. Ab

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 167.09 (tri gloss) ⟨ὢ⟩: φεῦ  —T

POSITION: s.l.

COMMENT:   Triclinius marked this with a cross as Moschopulean, but the gloss is not found in the standard witnesses and the mark is likely to be one of the few that Triclinius places incorrectly.


Or. 167.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ἐγὼ δηλονότι  —Y

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 167.11 (tri exeg) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ὑπάρχω ἐγὼ, διὰ μέσου  —TZcr

TRANSLATION:  (With ‘unhappy woman’ supply) ‘I am’, (taking it) parenthetically.

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ μέσου om. Zc

COMMENT:   There is a period between 167.09 and this gloss, but the cross before 167.09 might be intended to cover this remark as well.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   |   διὰ μέσου


Or. 167.12 (rec gloss) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: πρὸς ἑαυτὴν  —K

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified


Or. 168.01 (mosch paraphr) ἀγρίως βοήσασα ἐξέβαλες τοῦ ὕπνου.  —X

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 168.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες⟩: φωνήσασα ἐξέβαλες —AbMnPrRSSa

REF. SYMBOL: AbR       POSITION: marg. AbR, s.l. MnPrSSa


Or. 168.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες⟩: βοήσασα ἐξήγειρας  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 168.04 (vet exeg) θωΰξασ’:  1ἀγρίως βοήσασα.  2τὸ γὰρ [161] ‘ὦ τάλας’ γεγωνότερον εἶπεν ὁ χορός.   —MBVCPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   Having cried out wildly. For the chorus spoke the exclamation ‘o wretched man’ more loudly.

LEMMA: θωΰξασα BVPrRbRw, θωΰξας ἔβαλες MC      REF. SYMBOL: BV

APP. CRIT.:   2 τὸν γὰρ M   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,8–9; Dind. II.76,13


Or. 168.05 (vet exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩:  1θηριώδει βοῇ χρησαμένη.  2καὶ ἴσως εἴρηται παρὰ τοὺς θῶας.  3τινὲς δέ φασιν ὅτι φωνῇ ἐχρήσατο θρηνώδει ὁ χορὸς γραφῆναι μὴ δυναμένῃ, ἰυγμῷ ἢ καὶ ἰυγμοῦ τραχυτέρᾳ,  4ὅπερ εἰώθασι ποιεῖν αἱ γυναῖκες ἐπὶ τοῖς ὑπερβάλλουσι κακοῖς.  5ἃ γὰρ μὴ δύναται γράφεσθαι, ταῦτα δι’ ἑτέρων προσώπων δηλοῦται,  6οἷόν τι καὶ παρὰ τῷ κωμικῷ οἰκέτου στενάξαντος ἕτερός φησιν [Com. adespota 743a Kock = Arist. fr. dub. 967 K–A]· ‘ἀκούεις, ὡς στένει’.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having used a wild (animal-like) cry. And perhaps the word (‘thōussein’) has been formed by derivation from the word ‘jackals’ (‘thōes’). And some say that the chorus used a mournful sound that cannot be written, a cry of grief or a sound even harsher than that, which is just what women tend to do in extreme distress. Whatever (sounds on stage) cannot be written, these are made clear through (the statements of) other characters. For example, also in the comic poet when a slave uttered a groan, another says ‘do you hear how he groans?’

POSITION: cont. from all, prep. θωΰξασα δὲ M(θωύξας)BCRw

APP. CRIT.:   1 φωνῆ, with βοῆ s.l. Rw   |    χρησάμενος Pr   |    2 παρὰ τοὺς θῶας Dind., παρὰ θῶας Rw, π. τ. θόας BCPr, app. M; perhaps read παρὰ τὸ θῶες (see comment)   |    3 θρηνώδει] θηριώδει C   |    ἢ om. Rw   |    ἰυγμοῦ] ὑγμοῦ M, ἰυγμῷ C   |    τραχυτέρω C, ταχύτεροι app. Pr   |    5 ὃ γὰρ Pr   |    δύνανται CRw   |    γραφῆναι Pr   |    δηλοῦνται C, δηλοῦσι Pr, om. Rw   |    6 τι] ὅτι Pr   |    τῶν κωμικῶν PrRw   |    ἕτερος om. MC   |    ἀκούεις φησιν transp. MC   |    ᾧ στένει C, ὡς στενάζει Pr   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,10–15; Dind. II.76,3–9

COMMENT:   Cf. Et. Magn. 461,3–4 θωΰσσειν: τὸ θηριώδει φωνῇ χρῆσθαι· ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ θῶες· ἢ θρηνώδη, which suggests this note may once have had παρὰ τὸ θῶες.

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of literature other than Homer   |   Com. adespota   |   Aristophanes


Or. 168.06 (vet exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: ἀγρίως βοήσασα· ἀπὸ τοῦ ζωοῦ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Having cried out wildly. (The verb is derived) from the animal (i.e., the word for ‘jackal’).

POSITION: marg.

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 168.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: θηριώδει φωνῇ καὶ ἀσήμῳ χρησαμένη καὶ ἀγρίως βοήσασα —OVRb

POSITION: marg. O, cont. from sch. 168.04 VRb

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἀσήμῳ om. O   |    καὶ ἀγρ. βοήσασα] ἐξ ὕπνου Rb, om. V   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115, 9 app.


Or. 168.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: θηριωδῶς  —F

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 168.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: καὶ βοήσασα δίκην θωὸς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.

KEYWORDS:  etymology


Or. 168.10 (rec gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: βοήσασα ἀγρίως  —V1

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   βοήσας V1


Or. 168.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: ἀγρίως βοήσασα  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcL2

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 168.12 (thom gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: μεγάλως βοήσασα  —ZZaZb1ZlZmTGuAa

POSITION: s.l.

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu reuses Gr’s βοήσασα.   |


Or. 168.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: καὶ βοήσασα  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 168.14 (rec gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: κραυγῇ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 168.15 (rec gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: †γράφεται καὶ ἐλάσασα  —MC

LEMMA: θωύξας in text M       POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐγείρασα conj. Schw.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,16

COMMENT:   Two possible explanations: (1) γράφεται καὶ has been added in error to a gloss, reflecting an interpretation of θωΰσσειν as transitive (on the ready analogy of θοάζω, perhaps even alleged derivation from it), as also attested in the next gloss and in one of the glosses offered for θωΰσσειν in Hesych. θ 1365, θηριωδῶς ὁρμᾶν; (2) γράφεται καὶ is genuine, but it was originally followed by ἔλασας, and the note applied to the next word, ἔβαλες (see Willink’s commentary and Diggle’s acceptance of ἔλασας in his text).

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε


Or. 168.16 (rec gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: ταράξασα  —H4


Or. 168.17 (tri metr) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: koine short over omega, long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47–48


Or. 168.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩:  1ἡ ἐξ πρόθεσις πρὸς τὸ ἔβαλες,  2ἐξέβαλες δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξήγειρας.   —MCRb, partial B

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘out of’ (‘ex’) is to be attached to ‘you cast’ (‘ebales’), and (the compound) ‘you cast out of’ (‘exebales’) is equivalent to ‘you stirred up out of (rest)’ (‘exēgeiras’).

POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. B; cont. from sch. 168.07 Rb

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἡ ἐξ … ἔβαλες om. B   |    πρόθεσις om. Rb   |    2 ἐξέβαλες δὲ om. Rb   |    δὲ om. B   |    τοῦ om. M   |

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔβαλλες Rb   |

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,18–19; Dind. II.76,14–15


Or. 168.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩: ἡ ἐξ πρὸς τὸ ἔβαλες, οἷον ἐξέβαλες ἐχώρισας τοῦ ὕπνου. —V

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘out of’ (‘ex’) is to be attached to ‘you cast’ (‘ebales’), as if to say ‘you cast out of, separated from, sleep’.

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 168.20 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩: ἐξέβαλες τοῦ ὕπνου  —XaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἐξέβαλε Zc


Or. 168.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες ὕπνου⟩: ἐξυπνεῖν ἐποίησας Ὀ[ρέστην]. —F

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   last word lost to trimmed margin


Or. 168.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔβαλες⟩: ἐξήγειρας  —OB3a

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 168.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες⟩: ἐδίωξας ἤγουν ἀνέστησας αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 168.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔβαλες⟩: ἐξέβαλες  —AbG

POSITION: s.l.

APP. CRIT.:   ἔκβαλες Ab

COMMENT:   Cf. F, in which the glossing hand changed ἔβαλλες in the line to ἐξέβαλλες and also indicated the reading in the margin with θωΰξασ’ ἐξέβαλλες.


Or. 168.25 (tri metr) ⟨(ἔβ)αλες⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς συλλαβῆς  —T

POSITION: s.l.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 48


Or. 168.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξ⟩: ἀπὸ  —AaS

POSITION: s.l.


Or. 169.01 (vet exeg) εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ.  2καθησυχάζουσα δὲ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν φησὶν ὅτι καθεύδειν αὐτὸν νομίζω.  3διὸ ἐπιφέρει τὸ [173] ὑπνώσσει, ὁριστικὸν λέγων, ὡς ἀμφίβολον εἰποῦσα οὐκ ἔπεισεν.   —BC

TRANSLATION:   (Aorist ‘I thought’) used for (present) ‘I think’. Trying to calm Electra, she (the chorus) says that ‘I believe he is sleeping’. For this reason (i.e., the use of ‘think’) she adds later ‘he is asleep’, speaking in an indicative/definite form, since when she spoke with ambiguous caution she did not persuade (Electra).

LEMMA: C       POSITION: marg. B

APP. CRIT.:   2 κατηχυσάζουσα C, καθηχυσάσουσα Arsenius   |    ὁριστικὸν ὑπνώσσει transp. C, but corr. with superscript numbers   |    3 λέγων Mastr., λέγειν C, λέγει νῦν B (punct. after ὑπνώσσει and νῦν; no punct. C)

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,22–24; Dind. II.76,16–18

COMMENT:   Compare 169.03. B’s νῦν appears to be secondary, and its reference is clumsy in a note on 169, although it would work in a separate note on 173.


Or. 169.02 (rec paraphr) εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα: ἐνόμισα αὐτὸν ἐν βάθει κοιμᾶσθαι.  —V

TRANSLATION:   I thought he was resting in the depths (of sleep).

LEMMA: V       REF. SYMBOL: V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,20–21; Dind. II.76,20